+ All Categories
Home > Documents > DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This...

DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This...

Date post: 27-Nov-2018
Category:
Upload: vuongquynh
View: 235 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
147
TECHNICAL MANUAL UPDATE July, 2001 Dear Dealer, This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON keyset family. Please add or replace the following material: 1. General Description Section - Replace the existing section by printing the 50_gd.pdf file contained in the CD. 2. User Instructions Section - New Table of Contents and modified pages 1.1—1.22. - New Falcon Keyset User Guide. - Please keep your existing DCS 50si Keyset User Guide, DCS 50si Standard Telephone User Guide, DCS 50si System Administration and Special Features Guide and DCS 50si Auto Attendant and Uniform Call Distribution Administration Guide. 3. Installation Section - New Table of Contents. - Modified Part 6. Connecting Station Equipment. - Remove Figures 6-15, 6-16, 6-17 and 6-18. Replace with the following figures: 6-15A, 6-15B, 6-16, 6-17, 6-18, and 6-19. 4. Programming Section - Modified MMCs: 104, 106, 116, 209, 213, 315, 404, 405, 602, 706, 714, 715, 722, 723, 725, 728. - Modified Datasheets: 107 and 722&723. Thank you.
Transcript
Page 1: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

TECHNICAL MANUAL UPDATEJuly, 2001

Dear Dealer,

This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCONkeyset family.

Please add or replace the following material:

1. General Description Section- Replace the existing section by printing the 50_gd.pdf file contained in the CD.

2. User Instructions Section- New Table of Contents and modified pages 1.1—1.22.- New Falcon Keyset User Guide.- Please keep your existing DCS 50si Keyset User Guide, DCS 50si Standard TelephoneUser Guide, DCS 50si System Administration and Special Features Guide and DCS 50siAuto Attendant and Uniform Call Distribution Administration Guide.

3. Installation Section- New Table of Contents.- Modified Part 6. Connecting Station Equipment.- Remove Figures 6-15, 6-16, 6-17 and 6-18. Replace with the following figures: 6-15A, 6-15B, 6-16, 6-17, 6-18, and 6-19.

4. Programming Section- Modified MMCs: 104, 106, 116, 209, 213, 315, 404, 405, 602, 706, 714, 715, 722,723, 725, 728.- Modified Datasheets: 107 and 722&723.

Thank you.

Page 2: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

USER INSTRUCTIONS SECTION

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

1 ENHANCED DISPLAY PROGRAMMING

1.1 OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 1.1

1.2 LOCKING YOUR KEYSET................................................................... 1.2

1.3 CHANGING YOUR PASSCODE ......................................................... 1.3

1.4 CALL FORWARDING .......................................................................... 1.4

1.5 SETTING YOUR ANSWER MODE ..................................................... 1.5

1.6 PROGRAMMING YOUR STATION’S NAME ....................................... 1.6

1.7 PROGRAMMING PERSONAL SPEED DIAL LOCATIONS ................ 1.7

1.8 NAMING YOUR PERSONAL SPEED DIAL LOCATIONS .................. 1.8

1.9 ADDING EXTENDERS TO KEYS ....................................................... 1.9

1.10 CHECKING STATION STATUS ........................................................ 1.10

1.11 CHANGING YOUR TIME AND DATE DISPLAY ............................... 1.11

1.12 SETTING STATION ON/OFF OPTIONS .......................................... 1.12

1.13 SELECTING A RING TONE .............................................................. 1.14

1.14 ALARM REMINDER ........................................................................... 1.15

1.15 SETTING A PROGRAMMED MESSAGE .......................................... 1.16

1.16 ALARM REMINDER WITH MESSAGE ............................................. 1.17

1.17 CALLER ID DISPLAY ......................................................................... 1.18

1.18 BACKGROUND MUSIC VOLUME .................................................... 1.19

2 FALCON KEYSET USER GUIDE

3 DCS KEYSET USER GUIDE

4 STANDARD TELEPHONE USER GUIDE

5 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION AND SPECIAL FEATURES GUIDE

6 AUTO ATTENDANT AND UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTIONADMINISTRATION GUIDE

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2001

Page 3: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.1

PART 1. ENHANCED DISPLAY PROGRAMMING

1.1 OVERVIEW

• FALCON KEYSETSThis section provides more detailed programming procedures that can be used byexperienced display keyset users. These procedures will help explain some of thedisplays observed as the simpler procedures detailed in the Keyset User Guide arefollowed.

The diagram below illustrates the keys on a FALCON 28 BUTTON and a FALCON 18BUTTON keyset that have special functions during programming. When required,these keys will be referred to by the names described below.

Page 4: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.2

The diagram below illustrates the keys on a FALCON 8 BUTTON keyset that havespecial functions during programming. When required, these keys will be referred to bythe names described below.

Page 5: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.3

• DCS KEYSETSThis section provides more detailed programming procedures that can be used byexperienced display keyset users. These procedures will help explain some of thedisplays observed as the simpler procedures detailed in the Keyset User Guide arefollowed.

The diagram below illustrates the keys on a DCS display keyset that have specialfunctions during programming. When required, these keys will be referred to by thenames described below.

Page 6: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.4

1.2 LOCKING YOUR KEYSET

You can lock your keyset to prevent other people from making or receiving calls whileyou are away. You can unlock it when you return.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 100Display shows

[201] STN LOCKPASSCODE:_

2. Enter your passocdeDefault is 1234

[201] STN LOCKUNLOCKED

3. Enter 1 for locking outgoing calls (Internalcalls will still be allowed).

[201] STN LOCKLOCKED OUTGOING

OR4. Enter 2 for locking all calls (Internal and

external calls will not be allowed).[201] STN LOCKLOCKED ALL CALLS

5. Enter 0 to unlock your phone. [201] STN LOCKUNLOCKED

6. Press the transfer key to save and exit

Page 7: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.5

1.3 CHANGING YOUR PASSCODE

Each keyset user can set or change his/her individual passcode. This passcode is usedto lock or unlock keysets, for toll restriction override and to access the DISA feature.

NOTE: Default passcodes cannot be used for toll restriction override or for DISAaccess.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 101Display shows

[201] PASSCODEOLD CODE:_

2. Enter the existing passcode (default = 1234) [201] PASSCODEOLD CODE:****

3. Enter the new passcode [201] PASSCODENEW CODE:_

4. Reenter the new passcode to verify the numberIf reentered correctly, display shows

[201] PASSCODEVERIFY :SUCCESS

5. Press the transfer key to save and exit

Page 8: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.6

1.4 CALL FORWARDING

The DCS 50si allows six types of call forwarding—Forward All, Forward No Answer,Forward Busy, Forward Follow Me, Forward DND and Forward External. There is anadditional option, Forward Busy/No Answer, that allows both of these options to beactivated at the same time, provided destinations have been entered for both.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 102Display shows

[201] FORWARD0:FORWARD CANCEL

2. Dial 0–6 to select the forward type (e.g., 1)OR

[201] FORWARD1:ALL CALL:NONE

Press UP or DOWN to select the forward typePress the right soft key to move the cursor

3. Dial the destination number (e.g., 202)OR

[201] FORWARD1:ALL CALL:202

Press UP or DOWN to select the destinationPress the right soft key to move the cursor

4. Dial 1 to setOR

[201] FORWARDCURENTLY SET:YES

Press UP or DOWN to select YES or NO

5. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 9: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.7

1.5 SETTING YOUR ANSWER MODE

Each keyset and add-on module (AOM) can have its answer mode for intercom callsset to one of the following options:

RING—The station will ring in one of eight custom ring patterns. Calls are answered bypressing the ANS/RLS key or lifting the handset.

AUTO—After giving a short attention tone, the station will automatically answer calls onthe speakerphone. When a C.O. line is transferred to a station in Auto Answer, thescreened portion of the call will be Auto Answer, but the keyset or AOM will ring whenthe transfer is complete if the user has not pressed the ANS/RLS key or lifted thehandset.

VOICE—The station will not ring. After a short attention tone, callers can make anannoucement. The called party must press the ANS/RLS key or lift the handset toreply.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 103Display shows

[201] ANS MODERING MODE

2. Dial 0, 1 or 2 to change the ring mode, e.g., 2OR

[201] ANS MODEVOICE ANNOUNCE

Press UP or DOWN to select the ring mode

3. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 10: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.8

1.6 PROGRAMMING YOUR STATION’S NAME

Names are written using the keypad. Each key press selects a character. Pressing thedial pad key moves the cursor to the next position. For example, if the directory name is“SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get the letter “S.” Press the number“2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selecting characters from the table below tocomplete your message. Pressing the bottom left programmable key will change theletter from upper case to lower case. There are up to 11 characters that can be used.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press the VOL UP or DOWN keys to move the cursor to the right or to theleft.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 11: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.9

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 104Display shows

[201] STN NAME

2. Enter the station name using the proceduredescribed above

[201] STN NAMESAMSUNG

3. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 12: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.10

1.7 PROGRAMMING PERSONAL SPEED DIALLOCATIONS

You can program frequently dialed telephone numbers in a personal speed dial list.Each station user begins with ten numbers 00–09 and may be assigned up to fiftynumbers. See your system administrator to determine the amount assigned to yourstation.

NOTE: Press button B for flash and button C for pause.

Display keyset users may want to hide some speed dial numbers so they will not showin the display. Before entering a telephone number, press button E. All digits after thiswill be hidden. Press button E again to begin displaying digits.

If your system uses rotary (or pulse) dialing C.O. lines, pressing button D beforeentering a speed dial will cause all subsequent digits to be sent as DTMF tones untilthe D button is pressed again.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 105Display shows

[201] SPEED DIAL00:

If you have no speed dial bins,the display will be as shown

[201] SPEED DIALSPDBLK NOT EXIST

2. Dial the location number (e.g., 05)OR

[201] SPEED DIAL05:_

Press UP or DOWN to select the locationPress the right soft key to move cursor

3. Enter the trunk access code (e.g., 9) followedby the number to be dialed (e.g., 4264100)

[201] SPEED DIAL05:9-4264100_

ORPress the left soft key to return to step 2

4. Press the F button to access the next programOR

Press the transfer key to save and exit

Page 13: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.11

1.8 NAMING YOUR PERSONAL SPEED DIALLOCATIONS

This program allows a character name to be entered for each personal speed diallocation. This name enables the speed dial number to be located when using thedirectory dial feature. The directory dial feature allows the display keyset user to selecta speed dial location by scanning its name. There are up to 11 characters that can beused.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 106Display shows

[201] SPEED NAME00:

2. Dial the speed dial location (e.g., 01)OR

[201] SPEED NAME01:_

Use UP or DOWN to scroll through the locationnumbers and use the right soft key to move thecursor

3. Enter the location name using the proceduredescribed in Programming Your Station’s Name

[201] SPEED NAME01:SAMSUNG_

4. Press UP or DOWN to move to the nextlocation

ORPress the F key to program speed dial numbers

5. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 14: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.12

1.9 ADDING EXTENDERS TO KEYS

This program allows you to assign key extenders to make a general access feature keymore specific. The feature keys that can have extenders are listed below:

FEATURE KEY DESCRIPTION EXTENDER

BOSS Boss and Secretary 1–4DP Direct Pickup Extension or station group numberDS Direct Station Select Any extension numberFWRD Call Forward 0–6GPIK Group Pickup 01–20IG In/Out of Group Any group number you are part of

(501–509)MMPG Meet Me Page 0–9, ✱PAGE Page 0–9, ✱SPD Speed Dial 00–49, 500–999PSMG Programmed Message 01–20DIR Directory PERS (1), SYS (2) or STN (3)VT Voice Mail Transfer Voice Mail Group (501–529)

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 107Display shows the first station

[201] EXT (KTS)01:CALL1

2. Enter the key number, e.g., 18OR

[201] EXT (KTS)18:DS

Use UP and DOWN to scroll through the keysUse the right soft key to move the cursor

ORPress the key to be programmed

3. Dial the extender according to above tablePress the right soft key to return to step 2

[201] EXT (KTS)18:DS DS207

ORPress the transfer key to store and exit

ORPress the speaker key to store and advance tothe next program

Page 15: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.13

1.10 CHECKING STATION STATUS

This program displays the following attributes of a station port. This is a read onlyfeature.

0 PORT # Port (1–80) / Slot (1–10) – Channel (1–16) / Offset (1–16)1 TENANT NUMBER 1–22 PICKUP GROUP None, 01–303 SGR Station Group Number4 BOSS-SECR None, 1–45 PAGE Page Zone (1–4)6 DAY COS NO COS (01–30)7 NIGHT COS NO COS (01–30)

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 108Display shows

[201] STN STATUSP01:S1-01 OFS:01

2. Press UP or DOWN to view the status items [201] STN STATUSTYPE:24B US SET

3. Press the transfer key to exit

Page 16: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.14

1.11 CHANGING YOUR TIME AND DATE DISPLAY

Display keysets will always have the date and time displayed when not in use. You canselect from the following display options:

0 COUNTRY Sets overall display format and has two options0 = ORIENTAL MM/DD DAY HH:MM1 = WESTERN DAY DD MM HH:MM

1 CLOCK Sets format of clock display and has two options0 = 12 HOUR (Displays 1 P.M. as 01:00)1 = 24 HOUR (Displays 1 P.M. as 13:00)

2 DISPLAY Sets format of DAY and MONTH display and has two options0 = UPPER CASE (Displays Friday as FRI and March as MAR)1 = LOWER CASE (Displays Friday as Fri and March as Mar)

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 109Display shows

[201] DAY FORMATCOUNTRY:WESTERN

2. Press UP or DOWN to select the display modePress the right soft key to move the cursor

[201] DAY FORMATCOUNTRY:ORIENTAL

3. Press the right soft key to return to step 2OR

Press the left soft key to return to step 3

4. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 17: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.15

1.12 SETTING STATION ON/OFF OPTIONS

The following options may be turned on and off at your keyset.

0. AME BGM This feature selects whether a station using Anwer MachineEmulation will hear their personal greeting or BGM whilecallers are listening to the personal greeting. A BGM sourcemust be selected for this to work. This feature applies only ifa CADENCE card is installed in the system.

1. AME PSWD If this option is set to YES, station users who have AME setmust enter their station password to listen to messagesbeing left.

2. AUTO HOLD Automatically places an existing C.O. call on hold if theCALL button, trunk key or trunk route key is pressed duringthat call. This will not affect the Auto Hold part of transferand park/page.

3. AUTO TIMER Automatically starts the stopwatch timer immediately when aC.O. call is answered or after a short delay on an outgoingcall.

4. HEADSET USE When on, this feature disables the hook switch, allowing aheadset user to answer all calls on the headset withoutrequiring to lift the handset.

5. HOT KEYPAD When on, this feature allows the user to dial directorynumbers without having to first lift the handset or press thespeaker button.

6. KEY TONE Allows the user to hear a slight tone when pressing buttonson the set.

7. PAGE REJOIN This feature allows keyset users to hear the remainingportion of an ongoing internal page or all page over thespeaker of their keysets after they return their keysets toidle. To enable this feature, follow the procedure below.

8. RING PREF. When off, this feature requires the user to press the fastflashing button to answer a ringing call after lifting thehandset.

Page 18: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.16

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 110Display shows

[201] STN ON/OFFAME BGM :OFF

2. Dial the option number from above list (e.g., 4)OR

[201] STN ON/OFFHOT KEYPAD :OFF

Press UP or DOWN to select the option andpress the right soft key to move the cursor

3. Press UP or DOWN to select ON or OFFPress the left or right soft key to return to step 2

[201] STN ON/OFFHOT KEYPAD :ON

ORDial 1 for ON or 0 for OFF

If option 0 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFAME BGM :OFF

If option 1 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFAME PSWD :OFF

If option 2 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFAUTO HOLD :ON

If option 3 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFAUTO TIMER :ON

If option 4 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFHEADSET USE :OFF

If option 5 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFHOT KEYPAD :ON

If option 6 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFKEYTONE :ON

If option 7 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFPAGE REJOIN :ON

If option 8 from above list is dialed atStep 2

[201] STN ON/OFFRING PREF. :ON

4. Press UP or DOWN to select ON or OFFPress the left or right soft key to return to step 2

[201] STN ON/OFFHOT KEYPAD :ON

5. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 19: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.17

1.13 SELECTING A RING TONE

Each keyset user can select one of eight ring frequencies.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 111Display shows

[201] RING TONESELECTION 6

2. Dial 1–8 to select the ring toneOR

[201] RING TONESELECTION 5

Press UP or DOWN to select the ring tonePress the right soft key to move the cursor

3. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 20: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.18

1.14 ALARM REMINDER

Station users can have three alarms programmed at their phones. Each alarm may beone of the following three types:

0. NOTSET The alarm is not set.1. TODAY ONLY The alarm will ring at the programmed time and be canceled

automatically.2. DAILY The alarm will ring each day at this time.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 112Display shows

[201] ALM CLK(1)HHMM: NOTSET

2. Dial 1–3 to select the alarm (e.g., 2)OR

[201] ALM CLK(2)HHMM: NOTSET

Press UP or DOWN to select alarmPress the right soft key to move the cursor

ORPress the left soft key to return to step 2

3. Enter alarm time in 24 hour format (e.g., 1300)Display automatically advances to step 5

[201] ALM CLK (2)HHMM:1300 NOTSET

4. Enter alarm type (e.g., 2)OR

[201] ALM CLKHHMM:1300 DAILY

Press UP or DOWN to select alarm typePress the right soft key to move the cursorand return to step 2

5. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 21: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.19

1.15 SETTING A PROGRAMMED MESSAGE

When you will be away from your phone for any length of time, you can leave a vacantstation message. Display stations calling you will see this message and be informed ofyour status or follow your instructions.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 115Display shows

[201] PGMMSG(00)CANCEL VAC MSG

2. Dial 00–20 to select message number, e.g., 05OR

[201] PGMMSG(05)PAGE ME

Press UP or DOWN to select message

3. Press the LEFT or RIGHT soft key to return tostep 2

ORPress the transfer key to store and exit

Page 22: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.20

1.16 ALARM REMINDER WITH MESSAGE

Station users can have three alarms programmed at their phones. Each alarm may beone of the following three types:

0. NOTSET The alarm is not set.1. TODAY ONLY The alarm will ring at the programmed time and be canceled

automatically.2. DAILY The alarm will ring each day at this time.

In addition, each alarm may be accompanied by a 16 character message that will bedisplayed while the alarm is ringing.

NOTE: These are the same three alarms described in Alarm Reminder. This procedureallows a message to be added. A display keyset is necessary to view messages.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 116Display shows

[201] ALM REM(1)HHMM: NOTSET

2. Dial 1–3 to select the alarm (e.g., 2)OR

[201] ALM REM(1)HHMM: NOTSET

Press UP or DOWN to select the alarmPress the right soft key to move the cursor

3. Enter the alarm time in 24 hour clock format(e.g., 1300)

[201] ALM REM (2)HHMM:1300 NOTSET

Display automatically advances to step 4

4. Dial the valid entry from the above list for thealarm type

[201] ALM REMHHMM:1300 DAILY

ORPress UP or DOWN to select the alarm typePress the right soft key to move the cursor

5. Enter messages using the method inProgramming Your Station’s Name

[201] ALM REMTAKE MEDICATION

Press the right soft key to return to step 2

6. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 23: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.21

1.17 CALLER ID DISPLAY

The station user can change the order in which the Caller ID information is displayed onan LCD set.

Caller ID display options are the following:

0. NO DISPLAY No Caller ID data will be displayed.

1. NUMBER FIRST The Caller ID number received from the Central Office will bedisplayed first.

2. NAME FIRST The Caller ID name received from the Central Office will bedisplayed first.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 119Display shows current display mode

[201] CID DISPLAYNUMBER FIRST

2. Dial display option 0, 1 or 2, e.g., 2OR

[201] CID DISPLAYNAME FIRST

Press UP or DOWN to select option

3. Press the transfer key to store and exitOR

Press the speaker key to store and exit

Page 24: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si USER INSTRUCTIONSTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 1 JUNE 2001

1.22

1.18 BACKGROUND MUSIC VOLUME

This procedure allows keyset users to view and adjust the level of background musicheard at their keysets.

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press the transfer key followed by 117Display shows

[201] BGM VOLUMEVOLUME 13

2. Enter volume level (01-16) [201] BGM VOLUMEVOLUME 06

3. Press the transfer key to store and exit

Page 25: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

TAB

LE O

F C

ON

TEN

TS

AB

OU

T TH

IS B

OO

K...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.1

THIN

GS

YO

U S

HO

ULD

KN

OW

......

......

......

......

....2

–9

AS

SE

MB

LIN

GY

OU

RK

EY

SE

T...

......

......

......

......

.....1

0

AD

DIN

GA

KE

YS

ET

DA

UG

HTE

RB

OA

RD

MO

DU

LE...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...11

OU

TSID

E C

ALL

SM

akin

g an

Out

side

Cal

l...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

2A

nsw

erin

g an

Out

side

Cal

l....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

12U

nive

rsal

Ans

wer

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..12

Rec

all/F

lash

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..13

Bus

y Li

ne Q

ueui

ng w

ith C

allb

ack

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

3C

ance

ling

Cal

lbac

k....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

13

INTE

RC

OM

CA

LLS

Cal

ling

Oth

er S

tatio

ns...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.14

Ans

wer

ing

Inte

rcom

Cal

ls...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...14

Ans

wer

Mod

es...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.14

Bus

y S

tatio

n C

allb

ack

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

5B

usy

Sta

tion

Cam

p-on

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

5C

allin

g Yo

ur S

yste

m O

pera

tor

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

5

CA

LL P

RO

CE

SS

ING

Hol

ding

Cal

ls...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

6–17

Tran

sfer

ring

Cal

ls...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...17

–18

Tran

sfer

with

Cam

p-O

n....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

18Tr

ansf

er to

Voi

ce M

ail.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

8C

all W

aitin

g...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.18

Con

fere

nce

Cal

ls...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...19

Forw

ardi

ng C

alls

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..19–

22C

all P

icku

p...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.22

SA

MS

UN

G D

CS

50s

i S

YS

TE

M

June

200

1

FAL

CO

N

KE

YS

ET

US

ER

GU

IDE

Eve

ry e

ffort

has

bee

n m

ade

to e

limin

ate

erro

rs a

nd a

mbi

guiti

es in

the

info

rmat

ion

cont

aine

d in

thi

sgu

ide.

Any

que

stio

ns c

once

rnin

g in

form

atio

n pr

esen

ted

here

sho

uld

be d

irect

ed to

SA

MS

UN

G T

ELE

-C

OM

MU

NIC

ATI

ON

S A

ME

RIC

A, 2

700

N.W

. 87t

h A

venu

e, M

iam

i, FL

331

72, t

elep

hone

(30

5) 5

92-2

900.

SA

MS

UN

G T

ELE

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

NS

AM

ER

ICA

dis

clai

ms

all l

iabi

litie

s fo

r da

mag

es a

risin

g fro

m t

heer

rone

ous

inte

rpre

tatio

n or

use

of i

nfor

mat

ion

pres

ente

d in

this

gui

de.

Page 26: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

CU

STO

MIZ

ING

YO

UR

KE

YS

ET

AM

E B

GM

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

34A

ME

Pas

swor

d...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.34

Ans

wer

Mac

hine

Em

ulat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..34

Sel

ect R

ing

Tone

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..35

Cha

nge

Your

Pas

scod

e...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....3

5S

et A

nsw

er M

ode

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

35A

utom

atic

Hol

d...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.36

Hea

dset

Ope

ratio

n...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.36

Hot

Key

pad

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

6K

ey C

onfir

mat

ion

Tone

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

7R

ejoi

ning

a P

age

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

37R

ing

Pre

fere

nce

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..37

DIS

PLA

Y F

EA

TUR

ES

Inte

ract

ive

Dis

play

Key

s...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....3

8D

irect

ory

Info

rmat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

8D

ial b

y D

irect

ory

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..39

Cal

l Pro

gres

s D

ispl

ays

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

9D

ispl

ay N

umbe

r D

iale

d....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

39C

all D

urat

ion

Tim

er...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.39

Aut

o Ti

mer

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....4

0Ti

mer

Fun

ctio

n...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.40

Vie

win

g M

essa

ge In

dica

tions

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

40A

larm

Rem

inde

r M

essa

ges

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..40–

41P

erso

nal S

peed

Dia

l Nam

es...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...41

Sta

tion

Nam

es...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.42

Man

agin

g K

ey A

ssig

nmen

ts...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....4

2C

alle

r ID

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..43–

46LC

R w

ith C

lear

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....4

6

64 B

UT

TON

MO

DU

LE W

ITH

KE

YS

ET

......

......

..47

DIA

LIN

G F

EA

TUR

ES

Spe

ed D

ialin

g...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...23

Pro

gram

min

g P

erso

nal S

peed

Dia

l Num

bers

......

......

......

......

....2

3–24

One

Tou

ch S

peed

Dia

ling

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

4La

st N

umbe

r R

edia

l...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

4S

ave

Num

ber

with

Red

ial.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

4C

hain

Dia

ling

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

25A

utom

atic

Red

ial/R

etry

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

5P

ulse

to T

one

Cha

ngeo

ver.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...25

PA

GIN

G A

ND

ME

SS

AG

ING

Mak

ing

an In

tern

al P

age.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.26

Mak

ing

an E

xter

nal P

age

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

26A

ll P

age

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

6M

eet M

e P

age

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

27C

all P

ark

and

Pag

e...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.27

Mes

sage

s—S

et a

nd C

ance

l....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

7–28

Ret

urni

ng M

essa

ges.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.28

Pro

gram

med

Mes

sage

s...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

8

CO

NV

EN

IEN

CE

FE

ATU

RE

SD

o N

ot D

istu

rb...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.29

One

Tim

e D

ND

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

9M

ute

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..29

Bac

kgro

und

Mus

ic...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.29

App

oint

men

t Rem

inde

r/A

larm

Clo

ck...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...30

Doo

r P

hone

Cal

ls...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...30

–31

Exe

cutiv

e/S

ecre

tary

Hot

line

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..31

Gro

up L

iste

ning

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..31

Acc

ount

Cod

es...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.31

Lock

ing

Your

Key

set.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.32

Off-

Hoo

k Vo

ice

Ann

ounc

e...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.32–

33O

HVA

Blo

ck...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....3

3O

HVA

Rej

ect.

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.33

In G

roup

/Out

of G

roup

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

3

Page 27: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

AB

OU

T TH

IS B

OO

K

Your

FA

LCO

N k

eyse

t is

the

mos

t vi

sibl

e pa

rt o

f yo

ur t

elep

hone

sys

tem

. N

om

atte

r w

hat

mod

el k

eyse

t yo

u ar

e us

ing

tele

phon

e ca

lls a

re h

andl

ed t

hesa

me

way

. The

28B

and

18B

key

sets

hav

e ad

ditio

nal c

onve

nien

ces

that

are

not a

vaila

ble

to 8

B k

eyse

t use

rs. T

hese

are

not

ed th

roug

hout

this

gui

de.

Ple

ase

take

the

time

to s

tudy

this

gui

de a

nd to

bec

ome

fam

iliar

with

the

op-

erat

ion

of y

our

keys

et. K

eep

this

gui

de h

andy

. You

may

nee

d to

look

up

in-

stru

ctio

ns fo

r in

frequ

ently

use

d fe

atur

es.

Lear

ning

to u

se y

our k

eyse

t cor

rect

ly w

ill m

ake

ever

yday

tele

phon

e co

mm

u-ni

catio

ns a

bre

eze.

1

SV

Mi-

4...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..48

Flow

Cha

rt...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..49

Acc

essi

ng y

our

Mai

lbox

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..49

Get

ting

Sta

rted

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....5

0Li

sten

ing

to y

our

Mes

sage

s...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....5

0M

essa

ge F

orw

ardi

ng O

ptio

ns...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..51

Sen

ding

Mes

sage

s....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

51P

erso

nal G

reet

ings

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....5

2M

ailb

ox A

dmin

istr

atio

n...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.52

Per

sona

l Ser

vice

s...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...53

Key

set U

ser

Feat

ures

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

53In

tera

ctiv

e D

ispl

ays

for

SV

Mi-4

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...54

PE

RS

ON

AL

SP

EE

DD

IAL

NU

MB

ER

S...

......

..55-

56

Page 28: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

3

Your

out

side

cal

ls w

ill li

ght

gree

n on

you

r ke

yset

and

red

on

othe

r ke

yset

s.Yo

u ne

ver

lose

sig

ht o

f yo

ur c

alls

whi

le t

hey

are

on h

old.

The

y st

ay r

ight

whe

re y

ou p

ut th

em a

nd a

re id

entif

ied

with

a g

reen

flas

hing

ligh

t.

Som

e si

mpl

e ru

les

to r

emem

ber:

•A

ny s

tead

y LE

D in

dica

tes

the

line

or fe

atur

e is

in u

se.

•A

fast

flas

hing

gre

en L

ED

indi

cate

s a

new

cal

l rin

ging

in.

•A

slo

w fl

ashi

ng g

reen

or

red

LED

indi

cate

s a

call

is o

n ho

ld.

•A

slo

w fl

ashi

ng a

mbe

r LE

D in

dica

tes

a re

call

to y

our

keys

et.

SP

EA

KE

RP

HO

NE

All

FALC

ON

key

sets

are

spe

aker

pho

nes.

Pre

ssin

g A

NS

/RLS

key

will

ans

wer

or r

elea

se a

cal

l on

the

spe

aker

phon

e. S

witc

hing

fro

m t

he h

ands

et t

o th

esp

eake

rpho

ne is

eas

y. P

ress

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y an

d ha

ng u

p th

e ha

ndse

t.

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TRO

LSTh

e FA

LCO

N k

eyse

ts u

se t

he U

P a

nd D

OW

N k

eys

to a

djus

t th

e rin

ger

vol-

ume

whi

le th

e ke

yset

is ri

ngin

g, th

e sp

eake

r vol

ume

whi

le th

e sp

eake

rpho

neis

in u

se a

nd th

e ha

ndse

t vol

ume

whi

le y

ou a

re li

sten

ing.

The

se th

ree

leve

lsw

ill b

e st

ored

in m

emor

y un

til c

hang

ed. I

f bac

kgro

und

mus

ic is

turn

ed o

n at

your

key

set,

the

volu

me

keys

will

als

o co

ntro

l the

leve

l of m

usic

. The

vol

ume

of p

ages

hea

rd t

hrou

gh t

he s

peak

er o

f a

keys

et c

an b

e ad

just

ed d

urin

g a

page

ann

ounc

emen

t by

usin

g th

e vo

lum

e ke

ys. T

here

are

16

leve

ls fo

r ea

chvo

lum

e se

tting

. The

vol

ume

of o

ff-ho

ok r

ing

is c

ontr

olle

d by

a u

ser-

prog

ram

-m

able

set

ting.

TER

MIN

AL

STA

TUS

IN

DIC

ATO

RTh

e te

rmin

al s

tatu

s in

dica

tor

light

is p

ositi

oned

on

the

top

right

cor

ner

of th

eke

yset

abo

ve t

he d

ispl

ay.

The

term

inal

sta

tus

indi

cato

r is

a t

ri-co

lore

d (r

ed,

gree

n, a

nd a

mbe

r) li

ght t

hat p

rovi

des

grea

ter

visi

bilit

y of

you

r ke

yset

s st

atus

than

the

indi

vidu

al k

ey L

ED

s. T

he t

erm

inal

sta

tus

indi

cato

r pr

ovid

es t

he fo

l-lo

win

g in

dica

tions

:

•B

usy/

Off

Hoo

kS

tead

y R

ed•

Inte

rcom

Rin

gFl

ashi

ng R

ed•

Out

side

Cal

l Rin

gFl

ashi

ng G

reen

•R

ecal

l Rin

gFl

ashi

ng A

mbe

r•

Mes

sage

Wai

ting

Flas

hing

Red

•D

o N

ot D

istu

rbFa

st F

lash

Red

at 1

Sec

ond

Inte

rval

s

THIN

GS

YO

U S

HO

ULD

KN

OW

US

ER

OR

IEN

TATI

ON

FALC

ON

tel

epho

nes

are

calle

d “k

eyse

ts.”

The

y co

ntai

n bu

ttons

or

“key

s”th

at a

re u

sed

to a

cces

s or

act

ivat

e th

e m

any

feat

ures

of

your

offi

ce p

hone

syst

em. T

he k

eys

with

pap

er d

esig

natio

n st

rips

are

prog

ram

mab

le k

eys.

Thi

sm

eans

the

y ca

n be

pro

gram

med

for

a sp

ecifi

c fu

nctio

n on

you

r ke

yset

and

that

sam

e bu

tton

can

be s

omet

hing

diff

eren

t on

anot

her k

eyse

t. S

ee th

e sy

s-te

m m

anag

er t

o ge

t yo

ur m

ost

frequ

ently

use

d fe

atur

es a

ssig

ned

to y

our

prog

ram

mab

le k

eys.

Whe

n ch

ange

s ar

e m

ade,

be

sure

tha

t yo

ur p

rogr

am-

mab

le k

eys

are

rela

bele

d pr

oper

ly.

Line

s fro

m th

e te

leph

one

com

pany

are

“C

.O. l

ines

.” C

alls

on

thes

e lin

es a

rere

ferr

ed to

as

“out

side

cal

ls.”

You

r sy

stem

can

hav

e in

divi

dual

C.O

. lin

e ke

ysor

line

s m

ay b

e as

sign

ed t

o gr

oups

. Whe

n th

ey a

re in

a g

roup

, you

acc

ess

a lin

e by

dia

ling

an a

cces

s co

de o

r pre

ssin

g a

rout

e bu

tton.

For

exa

mpl

e, d

ial

9 or

pre

ss a

“LO

CA

L” k

ey to

get

a lo

cal o

utsi

de li

ne. I

f Lea

st C

ost R

outin

g is

used

, pr

essi

ng t

he “

LCR

” ke

y w

ill a

utom

atic

ally

sel

ect

a pr

epro

gram

med

C.O

. lin

e ac

cord

ing

to w

hat d

igits

are

dia

led.

Eac

h lin

e in

the

syst

em is

num

-be

red,

beg

inni

ng w

ith 7

01, t

hen

702,

703

, etc

.

Dire

ct S

tatio

n S

elec

tion

(DS

S)

keys

are

pro

gram

med

to

ring

spec

ific

sta-

tions

. Yo

u ca

n pr

ess

a D

SS

key

inst

ead

of d

ialin

g th

e ex

tens

ion

num

ber.

AD

SS

key

lig

hts

red

whe

n th

at s

tatio

n is

bus

y (B

usy

Lam

p In

dica

tion)

.

Falc

on k

eyse

ts p

rovi

de d

istin

ctiv

e rin

g pa

ttern

s:

•O

utsi

de c

alls

hav

e a

sing

le r

ing

tone

rep

eate

d.•

Inte

rnal

cal

ls h

ave

a do

uble

rin

g to

ne r

epea

ted.

•D

oor

phon

e ca

lls a

nd a

larm

/app

oint

men

t re

min

ders

hav

e a

trip

le r

ing

tone

rep

eate

d.

CA

LL I

ND

ICA

TIO

NS

The

keys

on

your

pho

ne h

ave

light

em

ittin

g di

odes

(LE

Ds)

. The

se a

re tr

i-col

-or

ed L

ED

s th

at li

ght g

reen

, red

or

ambe

r (g

reen

and

red

toge

ther

).

Inte

rcom

cal

ls,

also

cal

led

inte

rnal

cal

ls,

alw

ays

appe

ar o

n yo

ur C

ALL

but-

tons

. Th

ey w

ill a

lway

s lig

ht g

reen

. Yo

u ca

n ha

ve u

p to

eig

ht C

ALL

butto

ns,

but a

t lea

st tw

o ar

e re

com

men

ded.

Out

side

cal

ls a

ppea

r on

indi

vidu

al li

ne k

eys

if th

ey a

re a

ssig

ned.

Whe

n an

indi

vidu

al li

ne is

not

ass

igne

d to

its

own

key,

it w

ill a

ppea

r on

a C

ALL

butto

n.

2

Page 29: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

5

28 B

UT

TON

FA

LCO

N K

EY

SE

T

Scro

ll

Call

1Ca

ll 2

Mes

sage

Mem

ory

Redi

al

Tran

sfer

Spea

ker

HOL

DAN

S/RL

SVo

lum

e

12

AB

C3

DE

F

4G

HI

5JK

L6

MN

O

7PQ

RS

8T

UV

9WX

YZ

0OP

ER

FALC

ON 2

8B

32 C

HA

RA

CTE

R D

ISP

LAY

Two

lines

with

16

char

acte

rs e

ach.

TER

MIN

AL

STA

TUS

IN

DIC

ATO

RU

sed

to p

rovi

de y

our

keys

et s

tatu

s.

SO

FT

KE

YS

Use

d to

act

i-va

te fe

atur

esvi

a th

e di

spla

y.

SC

RO

LL K

EY

Use

d to

scr

oll

thro

ugh

dis-

play

s.

20 P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

KE

YS

WIT

H T

RI-

CO

LOR

ED

LIG

HTS

Use

d fo

r C

ALL

but

tons

, int

erco

mca

lls, o

utsi

de li

nes

and

man

y ot

her

syst

em fe

atur

es.

8 P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

KE

YS

WIT

HTR

I-C

OLO

RE

D L

IGH

TS U

sed

toca

ll st

atio

ns d

irect

ly, t

o in

dica

tebu

sy c

ondi

tions

of o

ther

sta

tions

,fo

r O

ne T

ouch

dia

ling

and

man

yot

her

syst

em fe

atur

es.

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TRO

LK

EY

S U

sed

to s

et in

de-

pend

ent l

evel

s fo

r ha

ndse

t,sp

eake

r, ba

ckgr

ound

mus

ic, r

ing

and

page

vol

-um

es.

MIC

RO

-P

HO

NE

Fo

r ha

ndsf

ree

oper

atio

n.

AN

SW

ER

/RE

LEA

SE

KE

Y

HO

LD K

EY

SP

EA

KE

R

For

hand

s-fre

e op

era-

tion

and

ring-

ing.

4FEA

TUR

EA

CC

ES

SC

OD

ES

This

use

r gu

ide

is w

ritte

n ba

sed

on t

he d

efau

lt ac

cess

cod

e fo

r us

ing

sys-

tem

feat

ures

. If t

he s

yste

m n

umbe

ring

plan

has

bee

n ch

ange

d so

me

of th

eac

cess

cod

es m

ay n

ot b

e co

rrec

t. Yo

ur in

stal

ling

com

pany

can

info

rm y

ouof

the

corr

ect c

odes

.

SY

STE

M T

ON

ES

The

syst

em p

rovi

des

seve

ral t

ones

to

assi

st y

ou.

Som

e of

the

se t

ones

are

alre

ady

fam

iliar

to y

ou.

Inte

rco

mD

ialTo

ne—

Aste

ad

yto

ne

that

ind

icate

syo

ucan

beg

ind

ialin

g.

DIA

LT

ON

E

CO

NT

INU

OU

S

Rin

gb

ack

To

ne—

Ind

icate

sth

esta

tio

nyo

ud

iale

dis

rin

gin

g.

RIN

GB

AC

KT

ON

E—

10

00

ms

ON

/30

00

ms

OF

F

CO

NT

INU

OU

S

Bu

sy

To

ne—

Ind

icate

sth

esta

tio

nyo

ud

iale

dis

bu

sy.

BU

SY

TO

NE

—5

00

ms

ON

/50

0m

sO

FF

CO

NT

INU

OU

S

DN

D/N

oM

ore

Calls

To

ne—

Fast

bu

sy

ton

ein

dic

ate

sth

esta

tio

nyo

u

dia

led

isin

the

Do

No

tD

istu

rbm

od

eo

rcan

no

tre

ceiv

ean

ym

ore

calls.

DN

D/N

OM

OR

EC

ALLS

TO

NE

—2

50

ms

ON

/25

0m

sO

FF

FO

RT

EN

SE

CO

ND

S

Tra

nsfe

r/C

on

fere

nce

To

ne—

Ind

icate

syo

ur

call

isb

ein

gh

eld

an

dyo

u

can

dia

lan

oth

er

part

y.

TR

AN

SF

ER

/CO

NF

TO

NE

—1

00

ms

ON

/10

0m

sO

FF

CO

NT

INU

OU

S

Co

nfirm

atio

nTo

ne—

Very

sh

ort

beep

sfo

llo

wed

by

dia

lto

ne

ind

icate

yo

u

have

co

rrectly

set

or

can

cele

da

syste

mfe

atu

re.

CO

NF

IRM

AT

ION

TO

NE

—5

0m

sO

N/5

0m

sO

FF

FO

RO

NE

SE

CO

ND

(pro

gra

mm

ab

le)

Err

or

To

ne—

Ad

istin

ctive

two

levelb

eep

ing

ton

ein

dic

ate

syo

uh

ave

do

ne

so

meth

ing

inco

rrectly.

Try

ag

ain

.

ER

RO

RT

ON

E—

50

ms

ofto

ne

1/5

0m

so

fto

ne

2

FO

RT

HR

EE

SE

CO

ND

S

Page 30: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

7

8 B

UT

TON

FA

LCO

N K

EY

SE

T

Scro

ll

HOL

DAN

S/RL

S

12

AB

C3

DE

F

4G

HI

5JK

L6

MN

O

7PQ

RS

8T

UV

9WX

YZ

0OP

ER

Call

1Ca

ll 2

Mes

sage

Tran

sfer

Spea

ker

VOLU

ME

FALC

ON 8

B

32 C

HA

RA

CTE

R D

ISP

LAY

Two

lines

with

16

char

acte

rs e

ach.

TER

MIN

AL

STA

TUS

IN

DIC

ATO

RU

sed

to p

rovi

de y

our

keys

et s

tatu

s.

SO

FT

KE

YS

Use

d to

activ

ate

feat

ures

via

the

disp

lay.

SC

RO

LL K

EY

Use

d to

scro

ll th

roug

h di

spla

ys.

8 P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

KE

YS

WIT

HTR

I-C

OLO

RE

D L

IGH

TS U

sed

toca

ll st

atio

ns d

irect

ly, t

o in

dica

tebu

sy c

ondi

tions

of o

ther

sta

tions

,fo

r O

ne T

ouch

dia

ling

and

man

yot

her

syst

em fe

atur

es.

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TRO

LK

EY

S U

sed

to s

et in

de-

pend

ent l

evel

s fo

r ha

nd-

set,

spea

ker,

back

grou

ndm

usic

, rin

g an

d pa

ge v

ol-

umes

.

MIC

RO

PH

ON

E

For

hand

sfre

e op

era-

tion.

AN

SW

ER

/R

ELE

AS

E K

EY

HO

LD K

EY

SP

EA

KE

R

For

hand

s-fre

e op

era-

tion

and

ring-

ing.

618 B

UT

TON

FA

LCO

N K

EY

SE

T

Scro

ll

Call

1Ca

ll 2

Mes

sage

Mem

ory

Redi

al

Tran

sfer

Spea

ker

HOL

DAN

S/RL

SVo

lum

e

12

AB

C3

DE

F

4G

HI

5JK

L6

MN

O

7PQ

RS

8T

UV

9WX

YZ

0OP

ER

FALC

ON 1

8B

32 C

HA

RA

CTE

R D

ISP

LAY

Two

lines

with

16

char

acte

rs e

ach.

TER

MIN

AL

STA

TUS

IN

DIC

ATO

RU

sed

to p

rovi

de y

our

keys

et s

tatu

s.

SO

FT

KE

YS

Use

d to

act

i-va

te fe

atur

esvi

a th

e di

spla

y.

SC

RO

LL K

EY

Use

d to

scr

oll

thro

ugh

dis-

play

s.

10 P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

KE

YS

WIT

H T

RI-

CO

LOR

ED

LIG

HTS

Use

d fo

r C

ALL

but

tons

, int

erco

mca

lls, o

utsi

de li

nes

and

man

y ot

her

syst

em fe

atur

es.

8 P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

KE

YS

WIT

HTR

I-C

OLO

RE

D L

IGH

TS U

sed

toca

ll st

atio

ns d

irect

ly, t

o in

dica

tebu

sy c

ondi

tions

of o

ther

sta

tions

,fo

r O

ne T

ouch

dia

ling

and

man

yot

her

syst

em fe

atur

es.

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TRO

LK

EY

S U

sed

to s

et in

de-

pend

ent l

evel

s fo

r ha

ndse

t,sp

eake

r, ba

ckgr

ound

mus

ic, r

ing

and

page

vol

-um

es.

MIC

RO

-P

HO

NE

Fo

r ha

ndsf

ree

oper

atio

n.

AN

SW

ER

/RE

LEA

SE

KE

Y

HO

LD K

EY

SP

EA

KE

R

For

hand

s-fre

e op

era-

tion

and

ring-

ing.

Page 31: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

KE

YS

ET

DA

UG

HTE

RM

OD

ULE

S[2

8 A

ND

18

BU

TTO

N K

EY

SE

TSO

NLY

]

Falc

on 2

8 an

d 18

but

ton

keys

ets

can

have

one

of

thre

e di

ffere

nt t

ypes

of

daug

her m

odul

e in

stal

led

on th

em to

enh

ance

the

oper

atio

n of

the

keys

et o

rto

pro

vide

an

addi

tiona

l loc

al p

ort d

epen

ding

on

the

type

of m

odul

e.

FALC

ON

KD

B-D

IGIT

AL

LIN

E

INTE

RFA

CE

(FK

DB

D)

If yo

ur k

eyse

t is

conn

ecte

d to

a D

igita

l Lin

e In

terfa

ce (

DLI

) po

rt th

at s

uppo

rts

2B+

D o

pera

tion

(you

r in

stal

ling

com

pany

can

det

erm

ine

this

) yo

u m

ayin

stal

l a d

augh

ter

mod

ule

that

pro

vide

s a

Dig

ital L

ine

Inte

rface

(D

LI)

port

for

conn

ectio

n of

a d

igita

l sta

tion

devi

ce s

uch

as a

key

set o

r 64

but

ton

mod

ule.

FALC

ON

KD

B-S

ING

LELI

NE

INTE

RFA

CE

(FK

DB

S)

If yo

ur k

eyse

t is

conn

ecte

d to

a D

igita

l Lin

e In

terfa

ce (

DLI

) po

rt th

at s

uppo

rts

2B+

D o

pera

tion

(you

r in

stal

ling

com

pany

can

det

erm

ine

this

) yo

u m

ayin

stal

l a d

augh

ter

mod

ule

that

pro

vide

s a

Sin

gle

Line

Inte

rface

(S

LI)

port

for

conn

ectio

n of

a s

tand

ard

tele

phon

e de

vice

suc

h as

a c

ordl

ess

phon

e.

FALC

ON

KD

B-F

ULL

DU

PLE

X (

FKD

BF)

The

stan

dard

spe

aker

phon

e m

ode

of o

pera

tion

for

a Fa

lcon

key

set

is “

half

dupl

ex”.

Thi

s m

eans

tha

t yo

u ca

nnot

tra

nsm

it an

d re

ceiv

e sp

eech

at

the

sam

e tim

e. A

ddin

g a

FKD

BF

to y

our

keys

et w

ill c

onve

rt t

he s

peak

erph

one

into

ful

l du

plex

mod

e en

hanc

ing

its o

pera

tion.

In

addi

tion

the

FKD

BF

may

have

up

to th

ree

(3) e

xter

nal m

icro

phon

es a

ttach

ed to

it fo

r con

fere

nce

room

type

ap

plic

atio

ns.

Thes

e m

icro

phon

es

requ

ire

an

“EX

TMIC

” ke

y pr

o-gr

amm

ed o

n th

e ke

yset

to a

ctiv

ate

or d

eact

ivat

e th

em.

9864

BU

TTO

N F

ALC

ON

AO

M

12

34

5

67

89

10

1112

1314

15

1617

1819

20

2122

2324

25

2627

2829

30

3132

3334

35

3637

3839

40

4142

4344

45

4647

4849

50

5152

5354

55

5657

5859

60

6162

6364

64 P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

KE

YS

WIT

H R

ED

LIG

HTS

Use

d to

cal

lst

atio

ns d

irect

ly, t

o in

dica

te b

usy

cond

ition

s of

oth

er s

tatio

ns, f

orO

ne T

ouch

dia

ling

and

man

y ot

her

syst

em fe

atur

es.

Page 32: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

11

AD

DIN

G A

KE

YS

ET

DA

UG

HTE

RB

OA

RD

MO

DU

LE•

Pla

ce th

e ke

yset

face

dow

n on

a fl

at s

urfa

ce.

•R

emov

e th

e ba

se p

edes

tal b

y pl

acin

g yo

ur th

umbs

ove

r th

e at

tach

men

tcl

ips

and

pres

s ou

twar

d w

hile

sim

ulta

neou

sly

pres

sing

dow

n on

the

key-

set b

ody

with

you

r fin

gert

ips.

•R

emov

e th

e tw

o kn

ocko

uts

from

the

botto

m o

f the

key

set.

•P

lug

in th

e da

ught

er m

odul

e an

d se

cure

with

the

two

scre

ws

prov

ided

.

10

AS

SE

MB

LIN

GY

OU

RK

EY

SE

T•

Pla

ce th

e ke

yset

face

dow

n on

a fl

at s

urfa

ce.

•R

emov

e th

e ba

se p

edes

tal b

y pl

acin

g yo

ur th

umbs

ove

r th

e at

tach

men

tcl

ips

and

pres

s ou

twar

d w

hile

sim

ulta

neou

sly

pres

sing

dow

n on

the

key-

set b

ody

with

you

r fin

gert

ips.

•P

lug

the

hand

set c

ord

into

the

jack

mar

ked

with

the

sym

bol.

•R

oute

the

hand

set c

ord

out t

he R

IGH

T si

de o

f the

key

set a

s yo

u lo

ok a

tit

face

dow

n.

•R

eatta

ch th

e ba

se p

edes

tal.

•P

lug

the

line

cord

into

the

jack

on

the

base

of t

he k

eyse

t mar

ked

with

the

sy

mbo

l and

rout

e it

thro

ugh

one

of th

e ca

ble

chan

nels

in th

e bo

ttom

of

the

base

ped

esta

l.

SE

CU

RIN

GS

CR

EW

S

RE

MO

VE

KN

OC

KO

UTS

Page 33: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

RE

CA

LL D

IAL

TON

EP

ress

the

NE

Wbu

tton

to d

isco

nnec

t you

r ex

istin

g ca

ll, w

ait f

or d

ial t

one

and

then

mak

e a

new

cal

l on

the

sam

e lin

e.

NO

TE:

If th

is b

utto

n do

es n

ot a

ppea

r on

you

r ke

yset

, th

e FL

AS

Hke

y m

aybe

pro

gram

med

to r

ecal

l dia

l ton

e.

SE

ND

ING

A F

LAS

HW

hile

on

an o

utsi

de c

all,

pres

s th

e FL

AS

Hke

y to

sen

d a

flash

to

the

tele

-ph

one

com

pany

. Thi

s is

req

uire

d fo

r so

me

cust

om c

allin

g fe

atur

es o

r C

EN

-TR

EX

use

.

BU

SY

LIN

E Q

UE

UIN

G W

ITH

CA

LLB

AC

KIf

you

rece

ive

a bu

sy s

igna

l w

hen

you

are

sele

ctin

g an

out

side

lin

e, t

his

mea

ns th

at th

e lin

e or

gro

up o

f lin

es is

bus

y.

•P

ress

the

CB

Kke

y or

dia

l 44.

You

will

hea

r co

nfirm

atio

n to

ne.

•W

hen

the

line

beco

mes

free

, the

sys

tem

will

cal

l you

bac

k.•

Lift

the

hand

set

or p

ress

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y to

ans

wer

, w

ait

for

dial

ton

ean

d di

al th

e te

leph

one

num

ber

or s

peed

dia

l num

ber

agai

n.

NO

TES

:1.

A c

allb

ack

will

be

canc

eled

if

not

answ

ered

with

in 3

0 se

cond

s. I

f yo

uha

ve s

et a

cal

lbac

k, y

our

CB

Kke

y w

ill li

ght.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

dia

ling.

CA

NC

ELI

NG

CA

LLB

AC

KA

cal

lbac

k w

ill b

e ca

ncel

ed if

not

ans

wer

ed w

ithin

30

seco

nds.

If

you

have

set a

ca

llbac

k, y

our

CB

Kke

y w

ill li

ght.

Your

pho

ne m

ay h

ave

a m

axim

um o

f fiv

e ca

llbac

ks o

n st

atio

ns a

nd/o

r lin

esse

t at a

tim

e. T

o ca

ncel

a c

allb

ack:

•P

ress

the

CB

Kke

y or

dia

l 44.

You

will

hea

r co

nfirm

atio

n to

ne.

•W

hile

you

are

list

enin

g to

con

firm

atio

n to

ne,

pres

s th

e H

OLD

key.

Thi

sw

ill c

ance

l the

old

est c

allb

ack

that

you

hav

e se

t.

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e ho

t ke

ypad

fea

ture

is t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set

orpr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

dia

ling.

1312

OU

TSID

E C

ALL

SM

AK

ING

AN

OU

TSID

E C

ALL

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t and

pre

ss a

n id

le o

utsi

de li

ne b

utto

n, li

ne g

roup

but

ton

or d

ial a

line

acc

ess

code

to

rece

ive

dial

ton

e—O

R—

pres

s an

idle

out

-si

de li

ne b

utto

n, li

ne g

roup

but

ton

or d

ial a

line

acc

ess

code

to

rece

ive

dial

tone

thro

ugh

the

spea

ker—

OR

—pr

ess

SP

EA

KE

Rre

ceiv

e in

terc

omdi

al to

ne a

nd d

ial a

line

acc

ess

code

.•

Dia

l the

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r.•

Fini

sh th

e ca

ll by

rep

laci

ng th

e ha

ndse

t or

pres

sing

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y.

NO

TE:

You

will

rece

ive

No

Mor

e C

alls

tone

whe

n yo

u at

tem

pt to

mak

e a

call

and

ther

e is

no

key

avai

labl

e fo

r th

at li

ne.

•If

Leas

t Cos

t Rou

ting

is e

nabl

ed o

n yo

ur p

hone

sys

tem

, thi

s bu

tton

may

be la

bele

d LC

Ror

acc

esse

d by

dia

ling

an a

cces

s co

de (

usua

lly 9

).•

If yo

ur s

yste

m i

s pr

ogra

mm

ed t

o re

quire

an

auth

oriz

atio

n co

de b

efor

em

akin

g a

call,

dia

l ✱pl

us a

val

id c

ode

befo

re s

elec

ting

a C

.O. l

ine.

If yo

ur s

yste

m is

pro

gram

med

to

requ

ire a

n ac

coun

t co

de b

efor

e m

ak-

ing

a ca

ll, p

ress

the

AC

CT

butto

n or

dia

l 47

plus

a v

alid

cod

e, p

ress

the

AC

CT

butto

n ag

ain

and

then

sel

ect a

C.O

. lin

e.

For

mor

e in

form

atio

n on

aut

horiz

atio

n an

d ac

coun

t cod

es, s

ee y

our

syst

emad

min

istr

ator

.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

dia

ling.

AN

SW

ER

ING

AN

OU

TSID

E C

ALL

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t and

you

are

aut

omat

ical

ly c

onne

cted

to th

e rin

ging

cal

l. S

ee R

ing

Pre

fere

nce

unde

r C

usto

miz

ing

Your

Key

set—

OR

—pr

ess

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y to

aut

omat

ical

ly a

nsw

er o

n th

e sp

eake

rpho

ne.

NO

TE:

If a

call

is fl

ashi

ng a

t you

r ke

yset

but

not

rin

ging

, you

mus

t pre

ss th

efla

shin

g bu

tton

to a

nsw

er.

UN

IVE

RS

AL

AN

SW

ER

Out

side

line

s m

ay b

e pr

ogra

mm

ed t

o rin

g a

gene

ral a

lert

ing

devi

ce.

To a

n-sw

er c

alls

rin

ging

thi

s de

vice

, di

al 6

7or

pre

ss t

he U

Ake

y. T

his

devi

ce c

anop

erat

e in

the

Day

or

Nig

ht m

ode.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

dia

ling.

Page 34: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

BU

SY

STA

TIO

N C

ALL

BA

CK

Whe

n yo

u ca

ll an

othe

r st

atio

n an

d re

ceiv

e a

busy

sig

nal:

•P

ress

the

CB

Kke

y or

dia

l 44.

•W

hen

the

busy

sta

tion

beco

mes

free

, you

r ke

yset

will

rin

g.

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t or

pres

s A

NS

/RLS

to c

all t

he n

ow id

le s

tatio

n.

NO

TES

:1.

A c

allb

ack

will

be

canc

eled

if

not

answ

ered

with

in 3

0 se

cond

s. I

f yo

uha

ve s

et a

cal

lbac

k, y

our

CB

Kke

y w

ill li

ght.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

dia

ling.

BU

SY

STA

TIO

N C

AM

P-O

NW

hen

you

call

anot

her s

tatio

n an

d re

ceiv

e a

busy

sig

nal b

ut y

ou d

o no

t wan

tto

wai

t for

a c

allb

ack:

•P

ress

the

CA

MP

key

or d

ial 4

5.•

The

calle

d st

atio

n w

ill r

ecei

ve o

ff-ho

ok r

ing

tone

rep

eate

d ev

ery

few

sec

-on

ds a

nd it

s fir

st a

vaila

ble

CA

LLbu

tton

will

flas

h gr

een

to in

dica

te y

our

call

is w

aitin

g.•

Wai

t for

the

calle

d pa

rty

to a

nsw

er.

•Th

e ca

lled

stat

ion

mus

t rel

ease

its

first

cal

l or

plac

e it

on h

old

befo

re a

n-sw

erin

g yo

ur c

amp-

on.

NO

TES

:1.

If yo

u re

ceiv

e N

o M

ore

Cal

ls to

ne, t

hat s

tatio

n ha

s no

ava

ilabl

e ke

y to

ac-

cept

you

r ca

ll. H

ang

up o

r le

ave

a m

essa

ge.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

CA

LLIN

G Y

OU

R S

YS

TEM

OP

ER

ATO

R•

Dia

l 0to

cal

l you

r sy

stem

ope

rato

r or

gro

up o

f ope

rato

rs.

•If

you

wan

t to

call

a sp

ecifi

c op

erat

or, d

ial t

hat p

erso

n’s

exte

nsio

n nu

m-

ber.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

1514

INTE

RC

OM

CA

LLS

CA

LLIN

G O

THE

R S

TATI

ON

S•

Dia

l the

ext

ensi

on n

umbe

r or

gro

up n

umbe

r.•

Wai

t for

the

part

y to

ans

wer

. If y

ou h

ear a

brie

f ton

e bu

rst i

nste

ad o

f rin

g-ba

ck t

one,

the

sta

tion

you

calle

d is

set

for

Voi

ce A

nnou

nce

or A

uto

Ans

wer

. Beg

in s

peak

ing

imm

edia

tely

afte

r th

e to

ne.

•Fi

nish

the

call

by r

epla

cing

the

hand

set o

r pr

essi

ng th

e A

NS

/RLS

key.

NO

TES

:1.

If yo

u ha

ve a

DS

Ske

y as

sign

ed t

o an

ext

ensi

on o

r st

atio

n gr

oup,

you

may

pre

ss th

is k

ey in

stea

d of

dia

ling

the

num

ber.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

AN

SW

ER

ING

IN

TER

CO

M C

ALL

S•

Whe

n yo

ur

keys

et

ring

s,

sim

ply

lif

t th

e ha

ndse

t—O

R—

pre

ss

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y to

be

conn

ecte

d to

the

calli

ng s

tatio

n.

•Fi

nish

the

call

by r

epla

cing

the

hand

set o

r pr

essi

ng th

e A

NS

/RLS

key.

See

Rin

g P

refe

renc

eun

der

Cus

tom

izin

g Yo

ur K

eyse

t.

VO

ICE

AN

NO

UN

CE

MO

DE

(IN

TER

CO

M C

ALL

S O

NLY

)W

hen

anot

her

stat

ion

calls

you

, you

r ke

yset

will

sou

nd a

brie

f atte

ntio

n to

nean

d yo

u w

ill h

ear

the

calle

r’s a

nnou

ncem

ent.

•P

ress

AN

S/R

LSto

turn

on

the

mic

roph

one

and

spea

k ha

ndsf

ree—

OR

—lif

t the

han

dset

to r

eply

.•

To fi

nish

the

call,

rep

lace

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y.

AU

TO A

NS

WE

R M

OD

E(I

NTE

RC

OM

CA

LLS

ON

LY)

Whe

n an

othe

r st

atio

n ca

lls y

ou, y

our

keys

et w

ill s

ound

a b

rief a

ttent

ion

tone

and

then

aut

omat

ical

ly a

nsw

er th

e ca

ll.

•Yo

ur m

icro

phon

e an

d sp

eake

r ar

e tu

rned

on

and

you

can

spea

k ha

nds-

free.

For

priv

acy,

use

the

hand

set.

•To

fini

sh th

e ca

ll, r

epla

ce th

e ha

ndse

t or

pres

s th

e A

NS

/RLS

key.

Page 35: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

•If

you

do n

ot a

nsw

er th

is r

ecal

l with

in a

pre

-pro

gram

med

per

iod

of ti

me,

it w

ill g

o to

the

syst

em o

pera

tor.

CO

NS

ULT

ATI

ON

HO

LDW

hen

you

are

talk

ing

on a

n ou

tsid

e lin

e an

d it

is n

eces

sary

to

cons

ult

with

anot

her

exte

nsio

n:

•P

ress

the

TRA

NS

FER

key;

you

will

rec

eive

tran

sfer

dia

l ton

e. Y

our

call

ispl

aced

on

tran

sfer

hol

d.

•D

ial t

he e

xten

sion

num

ber.

•C

onsu

lt w

ith th

e in

tern

al p

arty

. •

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to r

etur

n to

the

out

side

par

ty o

r ha

ng u

p to

tra

nsfe

rth

e ca

ll.

NO

TE:

Rep

eate

dly

pres

sing

the

TR

AN

SFE

Rke

y w

ill t

oggl

e be

twee

n th

eou

tsid

e p

arty

and

inte

rnal

ext

ensi

on.

RE

TRIE

VIN

G C

ALL

S H

ELD

AT

AN

OTH

ER

STA

TIO

NW

hen

a lin

e is

on

hold

and

it a

ppea

rs o

n yo

ur k

eyse

t, pr

ess

the

line

butto

nw

ith th

e re

d fla

shin

g lig

ht.

Whe

n a

line

is o

n ho

ld a

nd it

doe

s no

t ap

pear

on

your

key

set,

dial

12

plus

the

line

num

ber

or t

he e

xten

sion

num

ber

of t

he s

tatio

n th

at p

lace

d th

e ca

llon

hol

d.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

TRA

NS

FER

RIN

G C

ALL

STr

ansf

er is

use

d to

sen

d an

y ca

ll to

ano

ther

ext

ensi

on in

one

of

two

way

s.Yo

u ca

n do

a s

cree

ned

tran

sfer

by

info

rmin

g th

e ot

her

exte

nsio

n w

ho is

cal

l-in

g or

you

can

do

a bl

ind

tran

sfer

with

out n

otifi

catio

n.

•W

hile

on

a ca

ll, p

ress

the

TRA

NS

FER

key

and

dial

an

exte

nsio

n nu

mbe

ror

gro

up n

umbe

r. Yo

ur c

all i

s au

tom

atic

ally

put

on

tran

sfer

hol

d.O

RP

ress

a D

SS

key

or s

tatio

n gr

oup

key.

You

r ca

ll is

aut

omat

ical

ly p

ut o

ntr

ansf

er h

old.

•H

ang

up w

hen

you

hear

ring

ing

(thi

s is

an

unsc

reen

ed o

r blin

d tr

ansf

er).

OR

Wai

t fo

r th

e ca

lled

part

y to

ans

wer

and

adv

ise

him

/her

of

the

call

and

hang

up.

If th

e tr

ansf

er is

refu

sed,

you

will

be

reco

nnec

ted

to th

e ou

tsid

e 1716

CA

LL P

RO

CE

SS

ING

SY

STE

M H

OLD

•W

hen

you

are

conn

ecte

d to

any

cal

l, pr

ess

HO

LD.

The

call

will

fla

shgr

een

at y

our

keys

et.

If th

is c

all a

ppea

rs o

n a

line

key

at o

ther

key

sets

,it

will

flas

h re

d at

thos

e ke

yset

s.•

To ta

ke th

e ca

ller

off h

old,

pre

ss th

at k

ey a

nd th

e gr

een

flash

ing

light

will

go s

tead

y gr

een

agai

n. R

esum

e th

e co

nver

satio

n.

NO

TE:

Whi

le o

n a

call,

pre

ssin

g a

line

key,

rou

te k

ey o

r fla

shin

g C

ALL

but

-to

n w

ill a

utom

atic

ally

put

you

r fir

st c

all o

n ho

ld a

nd c

onne

ct y

ou to

the

new

call.

See

Aut

omat

ic H

old

unde

r C

usto

miz

ing

Your

Key

set.

EX

CLU

SIV

E H

OLD

To p

lace

an

outs

ide

call

on h

old

at y

our p

hone

so

that

oth

er u

sers

can

not g

et it

:

•P

ress

the

HO

LDbu

tton

twic

e. T

he c

all

will

fla

sh g

reen

on

your

key

set

and

this

line

will

sho

w a

ste

ady

red

light

on

othe

r ke

yset

s.•

To r

etrie

ve t

he c

all,

pres

s th

e fla

shin

g gr

een

line

butto

n or

pre

ss t

heH

OLD

butto

n a

third

tim

e.

NO

TE:

Inte

rcom

cal

ls w

ill a

lway

s be

pla

ced

on e

xclu

sive

hol

d.

RE

MO

TE H

OLD

Whe

n yo

u w

ish

to p

lace

a c

all o

n ho

ld a

t ano

ther

sta

tion.

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

dial

the

sta

tion

num

ber

(or

pres

s th

e ap

prop

riate

DS

S k

ey).

Pre

ss t

heH

OLD

key

. Thi

s w

ill p

lace

the

call

on s

yste

m h

old

on a

n av

aila

ble

CA

LL b

ut-

ton

or L

ine

Key

at t

he r

emot

e st

atio

n an

d re

turn

you

to d

ial t

one.

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e de

stin

atio

n st

atio

n do

es n

ot h

ave

any

free

CA

LL b

utto

ns o

r lin

eke

ys y

ou w

ill h

ear

No

Mor

e C

alls

tone

and

mus

t ret

urn

to th

e ot

her

part

yby

pre

ssin

g th

e TR

AN

SFE

Rke

y (o

r the

RE

TUR

N s

oft k

ey in

the

disp

lay)

.2.

Inte

rcom

cal

ls c

anno

t be

rem

ote

held

.

HO

LD R

EC

ALL

If yo

u le

ave

a ca

ll on

hol

d lo

nger

tha

n th

e ho

ld t

imer

, it

will

rec

all y

our

sta-

tion.

The

but

ton

that

the

call

appe

ars

on w

ill h

ave

a sl

ow fl

ashi

ng a

mbe

r lig

ht.

•W

hen

your

pho

ne ri

ngs,

lift

the

hand

set o

r pre

ss th

e A

NS

/RLS

key

to a

n-sw

er th

e re

call.

Page 36: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

Fini

sh th

e fir

st c

all a

nd h

ang

up; t

he w

aitin

g ca

ll w

ill r

ing.

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t or

pres

s th

e A

NS

/RLS

key

to a

nsw

er.

NO

TE: I

nter

com

cal

ls w

ill n

ot g

o on

Aut

omat

ic H

old.

CO

NFE

RE

NC

E C

ALL

SYo

u m

ay c

onfe

renc

e up

to fi

ve p

artie

s (y

ou a

nd fo

ur o

ther

s) in

any

com

bina

-tio

n of

out

side

line

s an

d in

tern

al s

tatio

ns in

any

ord

er.

•W

hile

eng

aged

in a

con

vers

atio

n, p

ress

the

CO

NF

key

and

rece

ive

con-

fere

nce

tone

.•

Mak

e an

othe

r ca

ll, e

ither

inte

rcom

or

outs

ide,

pre

ss th

e C

ON

Fke

y an

dre

ceiv

e co

nfer

ence

tone

.•

Mak

e an

othe

r ca

ll or

pre

ss th

e C

ON

Fke

y to

join

all

part

ies.

•R

epea

t the

last

ste

p un

til a

ll pa

rtie

s ar

e ad

ded.

NO

TE:

Whe

n at

tem

ptin

g to

add

ano

ther

par

ty to

the

conf

eren

ce a

nd y

ou a

reno

t abl

e to

rea

ch th

e de

sire

d pe

rson

, han

g up

. Sim

ply

pres

s th

e C

ON

Fke

yag

ain

to r

etur

n to

you

r pr

evio

us c

onve

rsat

ion.

To d

rop

a pa

rty

from

you

r co

nfer

ence

cal

l:

•P

ress

CO

NF

and

dial

the

exte

nsio

n or

line

num

ber t

hat i

s to

be

drop

ped.

•P

ress

CO

NF

agai

n to

ree

stab

lish

the

conf

eren

ce.

NO

TE: T

o le

ave

the

conf

eren

ce, h

ang

up. C

ontr

ol is

pas

sed

to th

e ne

xt in

ter-

nal

stat

ion.

If

ther

e ar

e no

int

erna

l st

atio

ns a

nd y

ou w

ish

to l

eave

out

side

lines

con

nect

ed to

geth

er in

a tr

unk

to tr

unk

conf

eren

ce, p

ress

the

CO

NF

key

plus

the

CA

LLbu

tton

that

the

cal

l app

ears

on

or f

ollo

w t

he in

stru

ctio

ns t

odr

op a

par

ty a

nd u

se y

our

exte

nsio

n nu

mbe

r. W

hen

they

han

g up

, the

line

sw

ill r

elea

se a

utom

atic

ally

. Pre

ss C

ON

Fto

rej

oin

a tr

unk

to tr

unk

conf

eren

ce.

FOR

WA

RD

ING

CA

LLS

Yo

u m

ay fo

rwar

d yo

ur c

alls

to a

noth

er s

tatio

n, g

roup

of s

tatio

ns o

r an

ext

er-

nal t

elep

hone

num

ber.

Pro

gram

a d

estin

atio

n fo

r th

e ty

pe o

f for

war

ding

you

wan

t as

det

aile

d be

low

. If

you

have

FW

D A

LL,

FWD

BU

SY

and

FWD

NO

AN

SW

ER

keys

, pre

ss o

ne to

turn

that

forw

ard

feat

ure

on. A

ste

ady

red

light

rem

inds

you

wha

t for

war

d co

nditi

on is

act

ivat

ed.

You

can

clea

r all

call

forw

ard

cond

ition

s se

t at y

our s

tatio

n by

lifti

ng th

e ha

nd-

set a

nd d

ialin

g 60

0.

19

line

whe

n th

e ca

lled

stat

ion

hang

s up

or

you

can

pres

s TR

AN

SFE

Rto

retu

rn to

the

outs

ide

part

y. If

you

wis

h to

sen

d th

e ca

ll to

ano

ther

ext

en-

sion

with

out

wai

ting

for

the

first

sta

tion

to h

ang

up, s

impl

y pr

ess

anot

h-er

DS

Sbu

tton.

OR

Pre

ss th

e C

ALL

butto

n or

C.O

. lin

e ke

y to

retu

rn to

the

outs

ide

part

y an

dbe

gin

the

tran

sfer

pro

cess

aga

in.

Whe

n yo

u ar

e tr

ansf

errin

g a

call

to a

key

set s

et fo

r Vo

ice

Ann

ounc

e or

Aut

oA

nsw

er, t

he tr

ansf

erre

d ca

ll w

ill a

lway

s rin

g.

NO

TES

:1.

Afte

r th

e in

side

pa

rty

answ

ers,

yo

u m

ay

alte

rnat

e ba

ck

and

fort

hbe

twee

n th

e pa

rtie

s by

pre

ssin

g th

e TR

AN

SFE

Rke

y.2.

If yo

u re

ceiv

e N

o M

ore

Cal

ls to

ne, t

hat s

tatio

n ha

s no

key

ava

ilabl

e to

re-

ceiv

e an

othe

r ca

ll. P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

ret

urn

to th

e ot

her

part

y.3.

You

cann

ot t

rans

fer

an I

nter

com

cal

l by

pres

sing

a D

SS

key

. Yo

u m

ust

pres

s th

e TR

AN

SFE

Rke

y an

d di

al th

e de

stin

atio

n ex

tens

ion

num

ber.

TRA

NS

FER

WIT

H C

AM

P-O

NW

hen

you

are

tran

sfer

ring

a ca

ll to

ano

ther

sta

tion

and

you

rece

ive

a bu

sysi

gnal

, you

may

cam

p th

e ca

ll on

to

this

sta

tion.

Sim

ply

hang

up

whe

n yo

uhe

ar th

e bu

sy s

igna

l. Th

e ca

lled

part

y w

ill b

e al

erte

d th

at a

cal

l is

wai

ting

for

them

.

NO

TE:

If yo

u re

ceiv

e N

o M

ore

Cal

ls t

one,

tha

t st

atio

n ha

s no

key

ava

ilabl

eto

rec

eive

ano

ther

cal

l. P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

ret

urn

to th

e ou

tsid

e ca

ller.

TRA

NS

FER

TO

VO

ICE

MA

ILTh

is f

eatu

re is

use

d to

sen

d a

call

dire

ctly

to

a vo

ice

mai

lbox

. Yo

ur k

eyse

tm

ust h

ave

a co

rrec

tly p

rogr

amm

ed V

Tke

y to

acc

ompl

ish

this

. To

tran

sfer

aca

ll di

rect

ly to

a v

oice

mai

lbox

:

•W

hile

on

a ca

ll, p

ress

the

VT

key

and

dial

the

mai

lbox

num

ber.

•H

ang

up w

hen

dial

ing

is c

ompl

eted

.

CA

LL W

AIT

ING

If an

out

side

cal

l has

bee

n ca

mpe

d-on

to y

our

phon

e or

ano

ther

sta

tion

has

cam

ped-

on to

you

:

•Yo

ur k

eyse

t will

rin

g an

d th

e ca

ll th

at is

wai

ting

for

you

(cam

ped-

on)

will

flash

gre

en.

•P

ress

the

flash

ing

butto

n to

ans

wer

; you

r ot

her

call

will

go

on h

old

auto

-m

atic

ally

if y

our

stat

ion

has

the

Aut

omat

ic H

old

feat

ure

set.

If no

t, yo

um

ust p

ress

HO

LDan

d th

en th

e fla

shin

g bu

tton.

OR

18

Page 37: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

FOR

WA

RD

FO

LLO

W M

EW

hen

you

wan

t all

calls

to y

our

exte

nsio

n fo

rwar

ded

to th

e ex

tens

ion

whe

reyo

u ar

e no

w:

•D

ial 6

05pl

us y

our

exte

nsio

n nu

mbe

r.•

Rec

eive

con

firm

atio

n to

ne a

nd h

ang

up.

If yo

u w

ant a

spe

cific

ext

ensi

on’s

cal

ls fo

rwar

ded

to y

our p

hone

(Rem

ote

Cal

lFo

rwar

d):

•D

ial 6

05pl

us th

e de

sire

d ex

tens

ion

num

ber.

•R

ecei

ve c

onfir

mat

ion

tone

and

han

g up

.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

FOR

WA

RD

TO

AN

EX

TER

NA

L N

UM

BE

RTo

for

war

d ou

tsid

e ca

lls t

o a

num

ber

outs

ide

of y

our

busi

ness

, yo

u m

ust

have

a F

WD

EX

TER

NA

L bu

tton

on y

our

keys

et.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 102

.•

Dia

l 6.

•D

ial

the

trun

k or

tru

nk g

roup

acc

ess

code

fol

low

ed b

y th

e te

leph

one

num

ber

that

you

wan

t.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

.•

Pre

ss F

WD

EX

TER

NA

Lto

turn

the

feat

ure

on a

nd p

ress

it a

gain

to tu

rnth

e fe

atur

e of

f.

NO

TES

:1.

Ext

erna

l Cal

l For

war

d w

ill c

ance

l all

othe

r ca

ll fo

rwar

ding

inst

ruct

ions

.2.

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en tu

rned

off,

you

mus

t firs

t lift

the

hand

-se

t or

pres

s th

e S

PE

AK

ER

key

befo

re y

ou b

egin

dia

ling.

FOR

WA

RD

DN

DTo

forw

ard

your

pho

ne w

hen

you

activ

ate

DN

D.

•D

ial 6

07pl

us th

e ex

tens

ion

num

ber

or g

roup

num

ber.

•R

ecei

ve c

onfir

mat

ion

tone

and

han

g up

.

NO

TE:

1.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff yo

u m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

2120FO

RW

AR

D A

LL C

ALL

STo

forw

ard

all y

our

calls

und

er a

ny c

ondi

tion

to a

noth

er s

tatio

n:

•D

ial 6

01pl

us th

e ex

tens

ion

or g

roup

num

ber.

•R

ecei

ve c

onfir

mat

ion

tone

and

han

g up

.

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en tu

rned

off,

you

mus

t firs

t lift

the

hand

-se

t or

pres

s th

e S

PE

AK

ER

key

befo

re y

ou b

egin

dia

ling.

2.Th

e st

atio

n th

at r

ecei

ves

a Fo

rwar

ded

All

call

can

tran

sfer

the

call

to th

efo

rwar

ded

stat

ion.

Thi

s is

use

ful

whe

n yo

u ar

e ex

pect

ing

an i

mpo

rtan

tca

ll bu

t you

do

not w

ish

to b

e di

stur

bed

by o

ther

cal

ls.

3.W

hen

a st

atio

n us

er p

lace

s hi

s/he

r ke

yset

in

Forw

ard

All

mod

e an

dhe

/she

doe

s no

t ha

ve a

FO

RW

AR

D A

LLke

y, t

he T

RA

NS

FER

key

will

light

to

indi

cate

For

war

d A

ll ha

s be

en s

et a

nd c

alls

to

this

sta

tion

have

been

tran

sfer

red

else

whe

re.

FOR

WA

RD

BU

SY

To fo

rwar

d ca

lls to

ano

ther

sta

tion

whe

n yo

u ar

e on

the

phon

e:

•D

ial 6

02pl

us th

e ex

tens

ion

or g

roup

num

ber.

•R

ecei

ve c

onfir

mat

ion

tone

and

han

g up

.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

SP

EA

KE

Rbe

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

FOR

WA

RD

NO

AN

SW

ER

To fo

rwar

d ca

lls to

ano

ther

sta

tion

whe

n yo

u do

not

ans

wer

:

•D

ial 6

03pl

us th

e ex

tens

ion

or g

roup

num

ber.

•R

ecei

ve c

onfir

mat

ion

tone

and

han

g up

.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

FOR

WA

RD

BU

SY

/NO

AN

SW

ER

If yo

u ha

ve b

oth

a Fo

rwar

d on

Bus

y de

stin

atio

n an

d a

Forw

ard

No

Ans

wer

dest

inat

ion

prog

ram

med

, you

may

set

bot

h of

thes

e at

the

sam

e tim

e:

•D

ial 6

04.

•R

ecei

ve c

onfir

mat

ion

tone

and

han

g up

.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

Page 38: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

23

DIA

LIN

G F

EA

TUR

ES

SP

EE

D D

IALI

NG

Yo

u ca

n di

al a

pre

prog

ram

med

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r sto

red

in th

e sy

stem

-wid

esp

eed

dial

lis

t of

num

bers

500

–999

or

from

you

r pe

rson

al l

ist

of n

umbe

rs00

–49:

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss th

e M

EM

OR

Yke

y or

dia

l 16.

•D

ial t

he d

esire

d sp

eed

dial

num

ber.

•Th

e te

leph

one

num

ber

is a

utom

atic

ally

dia

led

for

you.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

PR

OG

RA

MM

ING

PE

RS

ON

AL

SP

EE

DD

IAL

NU

MB

ER

SYo

u ca

n pr

ogra

m fr

eque

ntly

dia

led

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

rs in

a p

erso

nal s

peed

dial

list

. A s

tatio

n m

ay b

e as

sign

ed u

p to

fifty

num

bers

, 00–

49. S

ee y

our s

ys-

tem

adm

inis

trat

or to

det

erm

ine

the

amou

nt a

ssig

ned

to y

our

stat

ion.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 105

.•

Dia

l a s

peed

dia

l num

ber

(00–

49).

•D

ial a

line

or

line

grou

p ac

cess

cod

e.•

Dia

l the

tel

epho

ne n

umbe

r to

be

stor

ed (

18 d

igits

max

imum

). It

can

in-

clud

e #

, ✱, F

LAS

H a

nd P

AU

SE

.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

the

num

ber.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

For

the

purp

oses

of

prog

ram

min

g sp

eed

dial

num

bers

, th

e pr

ogra

mm

able

keys

are

kno

wn

as A

, B, C

, D, E

and

Fan

d ar

e de

fined

bel

ow.

Trans

fer

Spea

ker

AB

CD

EF

AC

ETr

ansf

er

Spea

ker

VOLU

ME

BD

F

28B

KE

YS

ET

18B

KE

YS

ET

DE

FAU

LTP

RO

GR

AM

MIN

GK

EY

SLA

YO

UT

8B K

EY

SE

T D

EFA

ULT

PR

OG

RA

MM

ING

KE

YS

LAY

OU

T

CA

LL F

OR

WA

RD

OP

TIO

NS

A d

ispl

ay k

eyse

t m

ay r

evie

w o

r ch

ange

cal

l fo

rwar

d op

tions

and

des

tina-

tions

. C

all f

orw

ard

acce

ss c

an b

e do

ne v

ia t

he k

eypa

d or

by

acce

ssin

g th

eke

yset

dis

play

feat

ures

. To

revi

ew o

r ch

ange

cal

l for

war

d op

tions

:

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

R 1

02.

•D

ial 0

-6to

sel

ect t

he fo

rwar

d ty

pe (

e.g.

, 1)

OR

Pre

ss U

Por

DO

WN

to s

elec

t the

forw

ard

type

Pre

ss th

e rig

ht s

oft k

ey to

mov

e th

e cu

rsor

•D

ial t

he d

estin

atio

n nu

mbe

r (e

.g.,

202)

OR

Pre

ss U

Por

DO

WN

to s

elec

t the

des

tinat

ion

Pre

ss th

e rig

ht s

oft k

ey to

mov

e th

e cu

rsor

•D

ial 1

to s

et O

RP

ress

UP

or D

OW

Nto

sel

ect Y

ES

or N

O•

Pre

ss T

RS

Fto

sto

re a

nd e

xit

STA

TIO

N C

ALL

PIC

KU

PTo

pic

k up

(an

swer

) a

call

ringi

ng a

t ano

ther

sta

tion,

lift

the

hand

set a

nd d

ial

65pl

us th

e ex

tens

ion

num

ber

of th

e rin

ging

pho

ne.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

GR

OU

P C

ALL

PIC

KU

PTo

pic

k up

(an

swer

) a

call

ringi

ng in

any

pic

kup

grou

p, li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t an

ddi

al 6

6pl

us th

e de

sire

d gr

oup

num

ber

01–2

0or

pre

ss th

e fla

shin

g G

RO

UP

PIC

KU

Pke

y if

avai

labl

e.

NO

TES

:1.

A g

roup

pic

kup

key

can

have

an

exte

nder

for

a sp

ecifi

c pi

ckup

gro

up.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

dia

ling

the

acce

ss c

ode.

3.S

tatio

n an

d gr

oup

pick

up f

eatu

res

cann

ot b

e us

ed t

o an

swer

rec

alls

to

a st

atio

n, o

nly

new

rin

ging

cal

ls a

nd o

pera

tor

reca

lls.

22

Page 39: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en tu

rned

off,

you

mus

t firs

t lift

the

hand

-se

t or

pres

s th

e S

PE

AK

ER

key

befo

re y

ou b

egin

dia

ling.

2.Th

e sa

ved

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r is

sto

red

in m

emor

y un

til y

ou s

ave

anot

h-er

num

ber.

3.R

edia

l doe

s no

t app

ly to

inte

rcom

cal

ls.

CH

AIN

DIA

LIN

GYo

u m

ay m

anua

lly d

ial

addi

tiona

l di

gits

fol

low

ing

a sp

eed

dial

num

ber

orch

ain

as m

any

spee

d di

al n

umbe

rs to

geth

er a

s re

quire

d:

•A

fter

the

first

spe

ed n

umbe

r is

dia

led,

pre

ss M

EM

OR

Yag

ain

and

dial

anot

her

spee

d nu

mbe

r O

Rm

anua

lly d

ial

addi

tiona

l di

gits

fol

low

ing

asp

eed

dial

num

ber.

AU

TOM

ATI

C R

ED

IAL/

RE

TRY

Whe

n yo

u ar

e m

akin

g an

out

side

cal

l and

you

rece

ive

a bu

sy s

igna

l, th

e sy

s-te

m c

an a

utom

atic

ally

red

ial t

he n

umbe

r fo

r yo

u. It

will

aut

omat

ical

ly r

edia

lat

a p

re-p

rogr

amm

ed in

terv

al fo

r up

to 1

5 at

tem

pts.

•W

hen

you

hear

a b

usy

sign

al, p

ress

the

RE

TRY

butto

n.•

The

syst

em w

ill r

eser

ve th

e lin

e an

d au

tom

atic

ally

red

ial t

he s

ame

num

-be

r for

you

. You

will

hea

r the

cal

l bei

ng m

ade

thro

ugh

the

keys

et s

peak

-er

. The

mic

roph

one

is m

uted

.•

Whe

n th

e ca

lled

part

y an

swer

s, y

ou m

ust p

ick

up th

e ha

ndse

t or

pres

sth

e A

NS

/RLS

key

befo

re y

ou c

an b

egin

spe

akin

g. Y

ou m

ust

answ

erw

ithin

10

seco

nds.

NO

TES

:1.

If yo

u m

ake

anot

her

call,

aut

o-re

dial

is c

ance

led.

2.

To c

ance

l a r

etry

, lift

and

rep

lace

the

hand

set.

PU

LSE

TO

TO

NE

CH

AN

GE

OV

ER

Whe

n m

akin

g an

out

side

cal

l on

a di

al p

ulse

line

, pre

ss #

. All

digi

ts d

iale

daf

ter

the

# w

ith b

e se

nt a

s to

nes.

25

•Th

e A

key

is n

ot u

sed.

•Th

e B

key

inse

rts

a fla

sh.

•Th

e C

key

inse

rts

a pa

use.

•Th

e D

key

is u

sed

for

puls

e to

ton

e co

nver

sion

. If

your

sys

tem

use

sro

tary

(or

pul

se)

dial

ing

C.O

. lin

es,

pres

sing

Dw

hile

ent

erin

g a

spee

ddi

al n

umbe

r ca

uses

all

subs

eque

nt d

igits

to b

e se

nt a

s D

TMF

tone

s.•

The

Eke

y is

use

d to

hid

e di

gits

. Dis

play

key

set u

sers

may

wan

t to

hide

som

e sp

eed

dial

num

bers

so

that

they

will

not

sho

w in

the

disp

lay.

Whe

nyo

u ar

e en

terin

g a

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r, pr

ess

E. A

ll su

bseq

uent

dig

its w

illbe

hid

den.

Pre

ss E

agai

n to

beg

in d

ispl

ayin

g di

gits

.•

The

Fke

y is

use

d to

ent

er a

nam

e. S

ee P

erso

nal

Spee

d D

ial

Nam

esun

der

Dis

play

Fea

ture

s.•

Use

the

HO

LDke

y to

cle

ar a

spe

ed d

ial n

umbe

r.

ON

E T

OU

CH

SP

EE

D D

IALI

NG

You

may

ass

ign

any

spee

d di

al n

umbe

r to

an

alre

ady

exis

ting

One

Tou

chS

peed

Dia

l but

ton

for

quic

k an

d ea

sy d

ialin

g of

freq

uent

ly u

sed

num

bers

.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 107

.•

Pre

ss a

One

Tou

ch S

peed

Dia

l but

ton.

•D

ial t

he s

peed

dia

l num

ber

(00–

49or

500

–999

) th

at y

ou w

ant a

ssig

ned

to th

is b

utto

n.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

To c

all t

his

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r, ju

st p

ress

the

One

Tou

ch S

peed

Dia

l but

ton.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

R k

ey b

efor

e yo

u be

gin

dial

ing.

LAS

T N

UM

BE

R R

ED

IAL

To re

dial

the

last

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r you

dia

led,

pre

ss th

e R

ED

IAL

key

or d

ial

19.

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en tu

rned

off,

you

mus

t firs

t lift

the

hand

-se

t or

pres

s th

e S

PE

AK

ER

key

befo

re y

ou b

egin

dia

ling.

2.R

edia

l doe

s no

t app

ly to

inte

rcom

cal

ls.

SA

VE

NU

MB

ER

WIT

H R

ED

IAL

To s

ave

the

num

ber

you

just

dia

led

for

late

r us

e, p

ress

the

SN

R k

ey b

efor

eha

ngin

g up

.

To r

edia

l thi

s sa

ved

num

ber

at a

ny t

ime,

pre

ss t

he S

NR

key

or d

ial 1

7. T

hesa

me

line

will

be

sele

cted

for

you.

24

Page 40: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

27

ME

ET

ME

PA

GE

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t.•

Pre

ss th

e M

eet M

e P

age

(MM

PG

) ke

y or

dia

l 54.

•D

ial t

he d

esire

d zo

ne n

umbe

r.•

Afte

r th

e at

tent

ion

tone

, ins

truc

t the

pag

ed p

erso

n to

dia

l 56.

•P

ress

WA

ITor

TR

AN

SFE

R.

•R

emai

n of

f-hoo

k un

til th

e pe

rson

dia

ls 5

6fro

m a

ny p

hone

.•

The

page

d pe

rson

will

be

auto

mat

ical

ly c

onne

cted

with

you

.

CA

LL P

AR

K A

ND

PA

GE

Whe

n yo

u ha

ve a

n ou

tsid

e ca

ll fo

r so

meo

ne w

ho is

not

at h

is/h

er d

esk,

you

can

park

the

call

and

page

the

requ

este

d pa

rty:

•W

hile

in c

onve

rsat

ion,

pre

ss t

he P

AG

Ebu

tton.

The

cal

l is

auto

mat

ical

lypa

rked

at y

our

stat

ion.

•D

ial

the

desi

red

page

zon

e an

d an

noun

ce “

park

” an

d yo

ur e

xten

sion

num

ber

or th

e lin

e nu

mbe

r. H

ang

up.

To r

etrie

ve a

par

ked

call:

•D

ial 1

0pl

us t

he n

umbe

r th

at w

as a

nnou

nced

. If

you

have

a P

AR

Kke

y,pr

ess

it an

d di

al th

e nu

mbe

r th

at w

as a

nnou

nced

.•

You

will

be

conn

ecte

d to

the

park

ed c

all.

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e pa

rked

cal

l is

not

ret

rieve

d w

ithin

a p

re-p

rogr

amm

ed p

erio

d of

time,

it w

ill r

ecal

l you

r ke

yset

and

hav

e a

slow

flas

hing

am

ber

light

. You

cann

ot p

ark

and

page

inte

rcom

cal

ls.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

SE

TTI

NG

A M

ES

SA

GE

IN

DIC

ATI

ON

Whe

n yo

u ar

e ca

lling

ano

ther

sta

tion

and

no o

ne a

nsw

ers

or y

ou r

ecei

ve a

busy

sig

nal,

you

can

leav

e a

mes

sage

indi

catio

n:

•P

ress

the

ME

SS

AG

Eke

y or

dia

l 43

and

rece

ive

conf

irmat

ion

tone

.•

Han

g up

. Th

e M

ES

SA

GE

key

on t

he c

alle

d st

atio

n w

ill li

ght.

Sta

ndar

dte

leph

ones

rec

eive

spe

cial

dia

l ton

e as

a m

essa

ge in

dica

tion.

NO

TES

:1.

A s

tatio

n ca

n ha

ve u

p to

five

mes

sage

indi

catio

ns.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

PA

GIN

G A

ND

ME

SS

AG

ING

MA

KIN

G A

N I

NTE

RN

AL

PA

GE

To m

ake

an a

nnou

ncem

ent t

hrou

gh th

e ke

yset

spe

aker

s:

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t.•

Pre

ss th

e P

AG

Eke

y or

dia

l 55.

•D

ial t

he d

esire

d zo

ne n

umbe

r 1,

2, 3

or 4

.O

RD

ial 0

to p

age

all i

nter

nal z

ones

.•

Afte

r th

e at

tent

ion

tone

, mak

e yo

ur a

nnou

ncem

ent.

NO

TE:

If yo

u ha

ve a

ded

icat

ed p

age

zone

key

, it

is n

ot n

eces

sary

to

pres

sP

AG

Ean

d di

al a

zon

e nu

mbe

r.

MA

KIN

G A

N E

XTE

RN

AL

PA

GE

To m

ake

an a

nnou

ncem

ent t

hrou

gh th

e ex

tern

al p

agin

g sp

eake

rs:

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t.•

Pre

ss th

e P

AG

Eke

y or

dia

l 55.

•D

ial t

he d

esire

d zo

ne n

umbe

r 5,

6, 7

or 8

.O

RD

ial 9

to p

age

all e

xter

nal z

ones

.•

Afte

r th

e at

tent

ion

tone

, mak

e yo

ur a

nnou

ncem

ent.

NO

TE:

If yo

u ha

ve a

ded

icat

ed p

age

zone

key

, it

is n

ot n

eces

sary

to

pres

sP

AG

Ean

d di

al a

zon

e nu

mbe

r.

ALL

PA

GE

To p

age

all d

esig

nate

d ke

yset

s an

d ex

tern

al s

peak

ers

at th

e sa

me

time:

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t.•

Pre

ss th

e P

AG

Eke

y or

dia

l 55.

•D

ial ✱

or p

ress

the

ALL

PA

GE

key.

•A

fter

the

atte

ntio

n to

ne, m

ake

your

ann

ounc

emen

t.

NO

TE:

The

LED

on

the

PA

GE

key

will

onl

y lig

ht w

hen

an A

ll P

age

is i

npr

ogre

ss.

26

Page 41: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

29

CA

NC

ELI

NG

ME

SS

AG

ES

To c

ance

l a m

essa

ge in

dica

tion

that

you

left

at a

noth

er s

tatio

n, d

ial 4

2pl

usth

e ex

tens

ion

num

ber

of th

e st

atio

n at

whi

ch y

ou le

ft a

mes

sage

.

To c

ance

l all

mes

sage

indi

catio

ns le

ft at

you

r key

set,

dial

42

plus

you

r ext

en-

sion

. You

r M

ES

SA

GE

light

will

go

out.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

RE

TUR

NIN

G M

ES

SA

GE

S•

Pre

ss th

e M

ES

SA

GE

key

or d

ial 4

3. T

he fi

rst s

tatio

n th

at le

ft a

mes

sage

will

be

calle

d au

tom

atic

ally

. If

that

sta

tion

does

not

ans

wer

, yo

ur M

ES

-S

AG

Elig

ht w

ill s

tay

on.

•R

epea

t unt

il al

l mes

sage

s ha

ve b

een

retu

rned

in th

e or

der

rece

ived

.•

Your

ME

SS

AG

Elig

ht w

ill t

urn

off

whe

n al

l m

essa

ges

have

bee

n re

-tu

rned

.

NO

TES

:1.

Dis

play

key

set

user

s ca

n vi

ew m

essa

ge in

dica

tions

and

ret

urn

them

inan

y or

der.

See

Vie

win

g M

essa

ge In

dica

tions

unde

r D

ispl

ay F

eatu

res.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.3.

If a

mes

sage

has

bee

n le

ft at

you

r ke

yset

by

a ke

yset

in A

uto

Ans

wer

,yo

u m

ust m

anua

lly c

ance

l the

mes

sage

afte

r it

has

been

ret

urne

d.

PR

OG

RA

MM

ED

ME

SS

AG

ES

Whe

n yo

u w

ill b

e aw

ay fr

om y

our

phon

e fo

r an

y le

ngth

of t

ime,

leav

e a

pro-

gram

med

sta

tion

mes

sage

. D

ispl

ay s

tatio

ns c

allin

g yo

u w

ill s

ee t

his

mes

-sa

ge a

nd b

e in

form

ed o

f you

r st

atus

or

follo

w y

our

inst

ruct

ions

.

•D

ial 4

8pl

us a

ny o

f the

mes

sage

cod

es 0

1–20

liste

d on

the

back

of t

his

user

gui

de.

•To

can

cel t

his

mes

sage

, dia

l 48

plus

00.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y.

You

can

have

mul

tiple

pro

gram

med

mes

sage

key

s an

d ea

ch o

ne c

an h

ave

a di

ffere

nt m

essa

ge c

ode:

•P

ress

any

pro

gram

med

mes

sage

key

. Th

e m

essa

ge is

set

and

the

key

will

ligh

t red

. Pre

ss th

e ke

y ag

ain

to tu

rn o

ff.•

Pre

ssin

g an

othe

r pr

ogra

mm

ed m

essa

ge k

ey w

ill t

urn

the

prev

ious

one

off a

nd s

et a

new

pro

gram

med

mes

sage

.

28

CO

NV

EN

IEN

CE

FE

ATU

RE

SD

O N

OT

DIS

TUR

BU

se th

is fe

atur

e w

hen

you

wan

t to

bloc

k ca

lls to

you

r ke

yset

.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss th

e D

ND

key

or d

ial 4

01. T

he D

ND

key

flash

es to

rem

ind

you

of th

is m

ode.

•To

can

cel

DN

D,

pres

s th

e D

ND

key

agai

n or

dia

l 40

0. T

he D

ND

light

turn

s of

f. Yo

u ca

n m

ake

calls

whi

le in

the

DN

D m

ode.

NO

TES

:1.

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en tu

rned

off,

you

mus

t firs

t lift

the

hand

-se

t or

pres

s th

e S

PE

AK

ER

key.

2.If

you

plac

e yo

ur k

eyse

t in

DN

D m

ode

and

you

do n

ot h

ave

a D

ND

key,

your

TS

Ike

y w

ill fl

ash

to in

dica

te D

ND

sta

tus.

ON

E T

IME

DN

DIf

you

are

on a

cal

l and

you

do

not w

ish

to b

e in

terr

upte

d w

hile

on

that

cal

l,yo

u ca

n pr

ess

the

DN

Dke

y an

d pl

ace

your

sta

tion

in D

o N

ot D

istu

rb. W

hen

you

hang

up

at th

e en

d of

the

call,

DN

D w

ill b

e au

tom

atic

ally

can

cele

d an

dyo

ur k

eyse

t w

ill b

e ab

le t

o re

ceiv

e ne

w c

alls

. Th

is f

eatu

re r

equi

res

a D

ND

key. MU

TEYo

u ca

n m

ute

the

hand

set t

rans

mitt

er o

r th

e m

icro

phon

e du

ring

any

conv

er-

satio

n:

•P

ress

the

MU

TEke

y. It

will

ligh

t red

.•

To r

esum

e sp

eaki

ng, p

ress

the

MU

TEbu

tton

agai

n. T

he li

ght t

urns

off.

BA

CK

GR

OU

ND

MU

SIC

Whe

n a

mus

ic s

ourc

e is

sup

plie

d, y

ou m

ay l

iste

n to

mus

ic t

hrou

gh t

hesp

eake

r in

you

r ke

yset

:

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss th

e H

OLD

butto

n to

hea

r m

usic

.•

Pre

ss th

e H

OLD

butto

n ag

ain

to tu

rn m

usic

off.

You

can

set t

he le

vel o

f bac

kgro

und

mus

ic b

y us

ing

the

VO

LUM

Eke

ys w

hile

liste

ning

to th

e m

usic

. Thi

s do

es n

ot a

ffect

the

spea

kerp

hone

leve

l.

Page 42: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

•D

ial t

he e

xten

sion

num

ber

of th

e do

or p

hone

.•

You

will

be

conn

ecte

d to

the

doo

r ph

one

and

you

can

liste

n or

hav

e a

conv

ersa

tion.

•If

an e

lect

ric d

oor

lock

rel

ease

is in

stal

led,

dia

l 13

to u

nloc

k th

e do

or.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y.

EX

EC

UTI

VE

/SE

CR

ETA

RY

HO

T LI

NE

If pr

ogra

mm

ed,

an e

xecu

tive

and

a se

cret

ary

can

have

a h

ot li

ne b

etw

een

them

. Whe

n th

e ex

ecut

ive

stat

ion

is in

the

DN

D m

ode,

all

of it

s ca

lls w

ill r

ing

the

secr

etar

y st

atio

n.

•E

ither

per

son

can

pres

s th

e B

OS

S k

ey to

mak

e a

voic

e ca

ll to

the

othe

rst

atio

n.•

Usi

ng th

e ho

t lin

e w

ill o

verr

ide

DN

D a

t the

oth

er s

tatio

n. T

his

key

will

ligh

tre

d w

hen

the

othe

r st

atio

n is

in u

se.

To t

rans

fer

a ca

ll to

a B

oss

Sta

tion

in D

ND

:

•P

ress

the

TRA

NS

FER

key

follo

wed

by

the

BO

SS

key.

•W

ait f

or th

e B

OS

Sto

ans

wer

to a

nnou

nce

the

call

and

hang

up

to c

om-

plet

e th

e tr

ansf

er O

R•

Han

g up

to c

ompl

ete

a bl

ind

tran

sfer

afte

r pr

essi

ng th

e B

OS

Ske

y.

GR

OU

P L

ISTE

NIN

GW

hen

you

are

enga

ged

on a

cal

l and

you

are

usi

ng t

he h

ands

et,

you

may

wan

t oth

er p

eopl

e to

hea

r th

e di

stan

t par

ty’s

voi

ce o

ver

the

spea

ker:

•P

ress

the

LIS

TEN

key

to tu

rn o

n th

e sp

eake

r. Th

e m

icro

phon

e is

not

inus

e, s

o th

e di

stan

t pa

rty

does

not

hea

r ot

her

part

ies

pres

ent

in y

our

of-

fice.

•P

ress

LIS

TEN

agai

n to

turn

the

spea

ker

off a

nd r

esum

e pr

ivat

e co

nver

-sa

tion.

•R

epea

t if n

eces

sary

.

NO

TE:

Dep

endi

ng o

n sp

eake

r vo

lum

e an

d th

e ac

oust

ics

of y

our

offic

e, i

tm

ay b

e ad

visa

ble

to t

urn

the

grou

p lis

teni

ng fe

atur

e of

f bef

ore

hang

ing

up.

This

will

elim

inat

e a

mom

enta

ry s

quea

l.

AC

CO

UN

T C

OD

ES

Whe

n eq

uipp

ed w

ith o

ptio

nal e

quip

men

t, yo

ur s

yste

m w

ill a

llow

cal

ls t

o be

char

ged

to a

spe

cific

acc

ount

:

•D

urin

g an

y ou

tsid

e C

.O. c

all,

pres

s th

e ac

coun

t (A

CC

T) k

ey.

3130A

PP

OIN

TME

NT

RE

MIN

DE

R/A

LAR

MC

LOC

KTh

is f

eatu

re w

orks

lik

e an

ala

rm c

lock

. U

se i

t to

rem

ind

your

self

of a

n ap

-po

intm

ent

late

r in

the

day

(TO

DAY

ON

LY)

or a

s a

daily

rem

inde

r ev

ery

day

(DA

ILY

). Y

ou c

an s

et u

p to

thr

ee a

larm

s. E

ach

one

can

be e

ither

a T

OD

AYO

NLY

or

a D

AIL

Y a

larm

.

Whe

n th

e al

arm

rin

gs,

you

will

hea

r th

ree

shor

t rin

gs r

epea

ted

thre

e tim

es.

Lift

the

hand

set

to a

nsw

er t

he a

larm

. If

you

do n

ot,

the

alar

m w

ill a

lert

you

two

mor

e tim

es a

t fiv

e m

inut

e in

terv

als.

To s

et a

larm

s:

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Ran

d th

en d

ial 1

12.

•D

ial t

he a

larm

num

ber

1, 2

or 3

.•

Dia

l th

e tim

e at

whi

ch y

ou w

ant

the

alar

m t

o so

und.

Ent

er t

he t

ime

asH

HM

M (

hour

s an

d m

inut

es)

usin

g th

e 24

hou

r cl

ock.

•D

ial 0

(NO

T S

ET)

, 1(T

OD

AY O

NLY

) or 2

(DA

ILY

) to

sele

ct th

e al

arm

type

.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

ave.

•R

epea

t for

eac

h al

arm

if n

eede

d.

To c

ance

l ind

ivid

ual a

larm

s:

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Ran

d th

en d

ial 1

12.

•D

ial a

larm

num

ber

1, 2

or 3

.•

Pre

ss th

e H

OLD

key.

NO

TE:

Dis

play

key

sets

can

sho

w a

rem

inde

r m

essa

ge. S

ee A

larm

Rem

ind-

er M

essa

ges

unde

r D

ispl

ay F

eatu

res.

AN

SW

ER

ING

TH

E D

OO

R P

HO

NE

Whe

n yo

u ar

e pr

ogra

mm

ed to

rec

eive

cal

ls fr

om a

doo

r ph

one:

•Yo

u w

ill r

ecei

ve th

ree

shor

t rin

gs r

epea

ted.

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t or

pre

ss A

NS

/RLS

key

. Yo

u ar

e co

nnec

ted

to t

he d

oor

phon

e.•

If an

ele

ctric

doo

r lo

ck r

elea

se is

inst

alle

d, d

ial 1

3to

unl

ock

the

door

.

CA

LLIN

G T

HE

DO

OR

PH

ON

E/R

OO

MM

ON

ITO

RYo

u m

ay c

all t

he d

oor

phon

e an

d lis

ten

to w

hat

may

be

happ

enin

g ou

tsid

eor

in a

noth

er r

oom

.

Page 43: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

If yo

ur k

eyse

t is

asso

ciat

ed w

ith a

DC

S32

But

ton

Add

-On

Mod

ule,

you

can

rece

ive

Exe

cutiv

e O

HVA

cal

ls.

Exe

cutiv

e O

ff-H

ook

Voic

e A

nnou

nce

allo

ws

you

to e

ngag

e in

con

vers

atio

n on

you

r ke

yset

and

sim

ulta

neou

sly

rece

ive

and

repl

y ha

ndsf

ree

to a

n O

HVA

thro

ugh

your

DC

S32

But

ton

Add

-On

Mod

-ul

e (A

OM

). U

se c

autio

n be

caus

e th

e co

nver

satio

n th

roug

h th

e A

OM

may

poss

ibly

be

hear

d by

the

cal

ler

on t

he k

eyse

t. W

hen

you

rece

ive

an e

xecu

-tiv

e O

HVA

thro

ugh

your

AO

M:

•R

eply

by

spea

king

in th

e di

rect

ion

of th

e m

icro

phon

e in

the

AO

M u

nit.

•A

djus

t the

vol

ume

with

the

VO

LUM

Eke

ys o

n th

e A

OM

uni

t.•

Pre

ss th

e S

PK

key

on th

e A

OM

to d

isco

nnec

t the

ann

ounc

ing

part

y.

NO

TE:

If th

e M

UTE

key

on t

he A

OM

is li

t, yo

u m

ust

pres

s th

e A

OM

’s S

PK

key

to a

nsw

er th

e O

HVA

cal

l.

OH

VA

BLO

CK

Your

key

set c

an b

e pr

ogra

mm

ed w

ith a

n O

HVA

Blo

ck (

BLO

CK

) ke

y. P

ress

-in

g th

is k

ey w

ill p

reve

nt a

nyon

e fro

m m

akin

g an

OH

VA to

you

unt

il yo

u pr

ess

the

butto

n ag

ain

and

canc

el th

e bl

ocki

ng.

OH

VA

RE

JEC

TYo

ur k

eyse

t can

be

prog

ram

med

with

an

OH

VA R

ejec

t (R

EJE

CT)

key

. Pre

ss-

ing

this

key

whi

le r

ecei

ving

an

OH

VA c

all w

ill d

isco

nnec

t the

voi

ce a

nnou

nc-

ing

part

y an

d re

turn

you

to y

our

orig

inal

cal

l.

IN G

RO

UP

/OU

T O

F G

RO

UP

If yo

ur k

eyse

t is

assi

gned

to a

sta

tion

ring

grou

p, y

ou c

an r

emov

e yo

ur k

ey-

set

from

the

gro

up a

nd t

hen

put

it ba

ck in

. W

hile

you

are

out

of

the

grou

p,yo

u ca

n re

ceiv

e ca

lls t

o yo

ur e

xten

sion

num

ber

but

not

calls

to

the

grou

pnu

mbe

r. If

you

have

an

IN/O

UT

key:

•P

ress

the

IN/O

UT

key.

It w

ill li

ght r

ed w

hen

your

key

set i

s in

the

grou

p.•

Pre

ss t

heIN

/OU

Tke

y ag

ain

to e

xit

the

grou

p an

d tu

rn t

he li

ght

off.

Re-

peat

as

nece

ssar

y.

If yo

u do

not

hav

e an

IN

/OU

Tke

y:

•D

ial 5

3pl

us th

e gr

oup

num

ber

plus

0to

exi

t the

gro

up o

r1

to e

nter

the

grou

p. R

epea

t as

nece

ssar

y.

NO

TE:

If th

e H

ot K

eypa

d fe

atur

e ha

s be

en t

urne

d of

f, yo

u m

ust

first

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y.

The

IN/O

UT

key

can

incl

ude

an e

xten

der

to in

dica

te th

e sp

ecifi

c gr

oup

that

this

key

will

affe

ct. T

his

mea

ns th

at if

you

are

in m

ultip

le g

roup

s, y

ou c

an d

e-ci

de fo

r w

hich

gro

ups

you

will

rec

eive

cal

ls.

33

•E

nter

the

acc

ount

cod

e (m

axim

um 1

2 ch

arac

ters

inc

ludi

ng ✱

and

#).

Pre

ss th

e A

CC

Tke

y ag

ain.

You

r co

nver

satio

n w

ill n

ot b

e in

terr

upte

d.

NO

TE:

If yo

u m

ake

an e

rror

bef

ore

you

com

plet

e th

e ac

coun

t co

de,

pres

sth

e A

CC

Tke

y tw

ice

and

redi

al th

e co

rrec

t cod

e. O

nly

the

last

acc

ount

cod

edi

aled

will

be

prin

ted.

LOC

KIN

G Y

OU

R K

EY

SE

TYo

u ca

n lo

ck y

our

keys

et t

o pr

even

t ot

her

peop

le fr

om m

akin

g or

rec

eivi

ngca

lls w

ith it

whi

le y

ou a

re a

way

. You

can

unl

ock

it w

hen

you

retu

rn.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 100

.•

Dia

l you

r fo

ur d

igit

stat

ion

pass

code

.•

Dia

l 1to

lock

or

0to

unl

ock.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re y

our

sele

ctio

n.

OFF

-HO

OK

VO

ICE

AN

NO

UN

CE

Key

sets

may

rec

eive

a v

oice

ann

ounc

emen

t whi

le o

n an

othe

r ca

ll. T

he c

all-

ing

stat

ion

mus

t ha

ve a

n O

HV

Ake

y. W

hen

you

are

in D

ND

, yo

u ca

nnot

rece

ive

OH

VA c

alls

. Th

e O

HVA

fea

ture

will

wor

k w

ith i

nter

com

and

tra

ns-

ferr

ed c

alls

.

To m

ake

an o

ff-ho

ok v

oice

ann

ounc

emen

t:

•D

ial t

he e

xten

sion

num

ber

or p

ress

the

DS

Ske

y.•

Whe

n yo

u re

ceiv

e a

busy

sig

nal,

pres

s th

e O

HV

Ake

y.•

Afte

r th

e at

tent

ion

tone

, beg

in s

peak

ing.

•Fi

nish

the

call

by r

epla

cing

the

hand

set o

r pr

essi

ng th

e A

NS

/RLS

key.

NO

TES

:1.

Whe

n yo

u ar

e vo

ice

anno

unci

ng to

a s

tatio

n cl

ose

to y

ou, u

se th

e ha

nd-

set t

o av

oid

an e

cho

effe

ct.

2.Yo

u ca

nnot

off-

hook

voi

ce a

nnou

nce

to s

ingl

e lin

e te

leph

ones

.

Whe

n yo

u re

ceiv

e an

off-

hook

voi

ce a

nnou

ncem

ent,

if yo

u ar

e us

ing

the

hand

set,

you

will

hea

r th

e an

noun

cem

ent i

n th

e ha

ndse

t rec

eive

r. If

you

are

usin

g th

e sp

eake

rpho

ne,

you

will

hea

r th

e an

noun

cem

ent

over

the

key

set

spea

ker.

In b

oth

case

s, y

ou c

an c

ontin

ue to

spe

ak to

the

orig

inal

par

ty.

•P

ress

the

flash

ing

CA

LLbu

tton

on y

our

keys

et. T

his

will

pla

ce th

e or

igi-

nal p

arty

on

hold

and

allo

w y

ou to

talk

to th

e an

noun

cing

par

ty.

•To

ret

urn

to y

our

first

par

ty, p

ress

the

key

corr

espo

ndin

g to

you

r or

igin

alca

ll. T

his

will

dis

conn

ect t

he O

HVA

cal

l.

32

Page 44: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

35

Whi

le th

e ca

ller

is le

avin

g a

mes

sage

or

ringi

ng y

ou m

ay:

•P

ress

[#

] to

imm

edia

tely

put

the

calle

r in

you

r vo

ice

mai

lbox

and

mon

i-to

r it.

•P

ress

[✱] t

o im

med

iate

ly d

isco

nnec

t you

r sta

tion.

The

cal

ler c

ontin

ues

tole

ave

a m

essa

ge n

orm

ally

.•

Pic

k up

the

hand

set a

nd m

onito

r pr

ivat

ely.

•P

ress

AN

S/R

LSto

ans

wer

the

call

(usi

ng th

e ha

ndse

t or

spea

ker)

.

NO

TE: I

f you

do

not w

ant t

o he

ar y

our

pers

onal

gre

etin

g du

ring

this

pro

cess

you

can

sele

ct A

ME

BG

M i

n yo

ur k

eyse

t M

MC

110.

Thi

s w

ill p

lay

back

-gr

ound

mus

ic a

t you

r ke

yset

inst

ead

of y

our

pers

onal

gre

etin

g.

SE

LEC

T R

ING

TO

NE

Eac

h ke

yset

use

r ca

n se

lect

any

one

of e

ight

rin

g fre

quen

cies

:

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 111

.•

Dia

l 1–8

or p

ress

the

UP

and

DO

WN

keys

to h

ear

each

tone

.•

Whe

n yo

u he

ar th

e to

ne th

at y

ou p

refe

r, pr

ess

TRA

NS

FER

to s

ave

it.

CH

AN

GE

YO

UR

PA

SS

CO

DE

From

the

fac

tory

, yo

ur s

tatio

n pa

ssco

de is

123

4. Y

ou c

an c

hang

e yo

ur s

ta-

tion

pass

code

whe

neve

r yo

u de

sire

.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 101

.•

Dia

l you

r ol

d pa

ssco

de.

•D

ial a

new

pas

scod

e (m

ust b

e fo

ur c

hara

cter

s). Y

ou c

an u

se 0

–9.

•R

edia

l the

new

pas

scod

e to

ver

ify. I

f suc

cess

ful,

you

will

hea

r tw

o be

eps.

Four

bee

ps in

dica

te a

n in

corr

ect c

ode.

Ree

nter

the

code

aga

in.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re th

e ne

w p

assc

ode.

SE

T A

NS

WE

R M

OD

EYo

u ca

n re

ceiv

e in

tern

al c

alls

in o

ne o

f thr

ee m

odes

(see

Ans

wer

ing

Inte

rcom

Cal

lsun

der

Inte

rcom

Cal

lsfo

r de

scrip

tions

):

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 103

.•

Dia

l 0fo

r R

ingi

ng, 1

for

Aut

o A

nsw

er o

r 2

for

Voic

e A

nnou

nce.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re y

our

sele

ctio

n.

NO

TE: W

hen

your

key

set i

s pr

ogra

mm

ed fo

r Aut

o A

nsw

er a

nd y

ou h

ave

For-

war

d N

o A

nsw

er (

FNA

) tu

rned

on,

you

mus

t an

swer

scr

eene

d tr

ansf

ers

bypr

essi

ng th

e A

NS

/RLS

key

befo

re y

our

FNA

tim

er e

xpire

s or

the

call

will

for-

war

d.

CU

STO

MIZ

ING

YO

UR

KE

YS

ET

AM

E B

GM

This

feat

ure

sele

cts

whe

ther

a s

tatio

n us

ing

Ans

wer

Mac

hine

Em

ulat

ion

will

hear

the

ir pe

rson

al g

reet

ing

or B

GM

whi

le c

alle

rs a

re l

iste

ning

to

the

per-

sona

l gre

etin

g. A

BG

M s

ourc

e m

ust b

e se

lect

ed fo

r thi

s to

wor

k. T

his

feat

ure

only

app

lies

if th

ere

is a

CA

DE

NC

E c

ard

or a

n S

VM

i-4 c

ard

inst

alle

d in

the

syst

em a

nd y

our

keys

et h

as a

pro

gram

med

AM

E k

ey.

•W

hile

the

hand

set i

s on

-hoo

k, p

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Ran

d th

en d

ial 1

10.

•P

ress

01

to tu

rn o

n A

ME

BG

M o

r 00

to tu

rn it

off.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re y

our

sele

ctio

n.

AM

E P

AS

SW

OR

DTh

is f

eatu

re a

llow

s pe

ople

usi

ng t

he A

ME

fea

ture

to

enab

le p

assw

ord

pro-

tect

ion.

Thi

s w

ill p

reve

nt u

naut

horiz

ed p

eopl

e fro

m l

iste

ning

to

your

mes

-sa

ges

bein

g le

ft. T

he p

assc

ode

is t

he s

ame

as y

our

stat

ion

pass

code

. Th

isfe

atur

e on

ly a

pplie

s if

ther

e is

a C

AD

EN

CE

car

d or

an

SV

Mi-4

car

d in

stal

led

in th

e sy

stem

and

you

r ke

yset

has

a p

rogr

amm

ed A

ME

key

.

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 11

to tu

rn o

n A

ME

PS

WD

or

10to

turn

it o

ff.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

AN

SW

ER

MA

CH

INE

EM

ULA

TIO

NIf

you

have

an

Ans

wer

Mac

hine

Em

ulat

ion

key

prog

ram

med

on

your

key

set,

you

can

use

it to

mon

itor

calls

goi

ng t

o yo

ur v

oice

mai

l, an

d op

tiona

llyan

swer

them

. The

ope

ratio

n of

this

feat

ure

is s

imila

r to

scr

eeni

ng a

cal

l on

aho

me

answ

erin

g m

achi

ne.

Your

key

set m

ust b

e se

t to

forw

ard

on n

o an

swer

to v

oice

mai

l. A

fter

ringi

ngyo

ur s

tatio

n th

e ca

ller

will

be

conn

ecte

d to

voi

ce m

ail a

nd h

ear

your

per

son-

al g

reet

ing

befo

re le

avin

g a

mes

sage

. D

urin

g th

is t

ime

you

will

be

mon

itor-

ing

the

conn

ectio

n be

twee

n th

e ca

ller

and

your

voi

ce m

ail b

ox. Y

ou c

an p

ick

up th

e ca

ll at

any

tim

e or

igno

re it

.

To a

ctiv

ate

this

feat

ure

pres

s th

e A

ME

key

. It w

ill li

ght a

nd th

e fe

atur

e is

set

.P

ress

aga

in to

turn

off.

If th

is k

ey is

pre

ssed

whi

le a

sta

tion

is r

ingi

ng (

durin

gfo

rwar

d no

ans

wer

), th

e fe

atur

e w

ill b

e tu

rned

on

for

the

curr

ent c

all o

nly.

34

Page 45: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

37

RE

JOIN

ING

A P

AG

ETh

is fe

atur

e al

low

s yo

u to

hea

r th

e re

mai

ning

por

tion

of a

n on

goin

g in

tern

alpa

ge a

fter

you

retu

rn y

our

keys

et to

idle

. To

enab

le th

is fe

atur

e:

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 71

to tu

rn th

is fe

atur

e on

or

70to

turn

it o

ff.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

RIN

G P

RE

FER

EN

CE

This

feat

ure

auto

mat

ical

ly a

nsw

ers

ringi

ng c

alls

whe

n yo

u lif

t the

han

dset

or

pres

s th

e A

NS

/RLS

key.

Thi

s m

etho

d w

ill a

lway

s an

swer

cal

ls in

the

ord

erth

ey a

rriv

ed a

t yo

ur k

eyse

t. W

hen

you

turn

rin

g pr

efer

ence

off,

you

mus

tpr

ess

the

flash

ing

butto

n to

ans

wer

a c

all,

allo

win

g yo

u to

ans

wer

cal

ls in

the

orde

r yo

u ch

oose

.

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 81

to tu

rn r

ing

pref

eren

ce o

n or

80

to tu

rn it

off.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re y

our

sele

ctio

n.

AU

TOM

ATI

C H

OLD

Whi

le o

n an

out

side

cal

l, pr

essi

ng a

line

key

, ro

ute

key

or a

fla

shin

g C

ALL

butto

n w

ill a

utom

atic

ally

put

you

r ca

ll on

hol

d an

d co

nnec

t yo

u to

the

nex

tca

ll. T

his

feat

ure

can

be tu

rned

on

or o

ff at

you

r ke

yset

.

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 21

to tu

rn A

utom

atic

Hol

d on

or

20to

turn

it o

ff.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

NO

TE: I

nter

com

cal

ls c

an b

e au

tom

atic

ally

put

on

hold

by

pres

sing

TR

AN

S-

FER

.

HE

AD

SE

T O

PE

RA

TIO

NK

eyse

t us

ers

can

switc

h be

twee

n he

adse

t m

ode

and

hand

set

mod

e. W

hen

usin

g he

adse

t mod

e, p

ress

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y to

ans

wer

and

rel

ease

cal

ls.

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 41

to u

se th

e he

adse

t or

40to

use

the

hand

set.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re y

our

sele

ctio

n.

Your

key

set m

ay b

e eq

uipp

ed w

ith a

Hea

dset

mod

e ke

y. If

it is

so

equi

pped

pres

sing

this

key

whi

le th

e lig

ht is

out

will

cau

se th

e ke

yset

to e

nter

hea

dset

mod

e an

d th

e lig

ht w

ill il

lum

inat

e to

indi

cate

this

. Pre

ssin

g th

e ke

y w

hile

the

light

is li

t w

ill c

ause

the

key

set

to r

etur

n to

han

dset

mod

e an

d th

e lig

ht w

illgo

out

.

HO

T K

EY

PA

DO

n yo

ur p

hone

sys

tem

you

r ke

yset

’s k

eypa

d ca

n be

mad

e “l

ive”

or

“hot

” so

that

it is

not

nec

essa

ry to

lift

the

hand

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

begi

n di

alin

g. C

alls

can

be

mad

e an

d fe

atur

es a

ctiv

ated

by

sim

ply

dial

-in

g th

e C

.O. l

ine

num

ber,

trun

k gr

oup

acce

ss c

ode,

inte

rcom

num

ber

or fe

a-tu

re a

cces

s co

de. T

o ac

tivat

e th

is fe

atur

e:

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 51

to tu

rn th

e H

ot K

eypa

d on

or

50to

turn

it o

ff.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

KE

Y C

ON

FIR

MA

TIO

N T

ON

EYo

u ca

n he

ar a

sho

rt b

eep

(con

firm

atio

n to

ne)

each

tim

e yo

u pr

ess

a bu

tton

on th

e di

al p

ad. T

his

tone

can

be

turn

ed o

n or

off.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 110

.•

Dia

l 60

to tu

rn to

nes

off o

r 61

to tu

rn to

nes

on.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re y

our

sele

ctio

n.

36

Page 46: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DIA

L B

Y D

IRE

CTO

RY

Eac

h st

atio

n or

spe

ed d

ial n

umbe

r ca

n ha

ve a

n as

soci

ated

dire

ctor

y na

me.

A s

tatio

n or

spe

ed d

ial n

umbe

r ca

n be

sel

ecte

d by

scr

ollin

g al

phab

etic

ally

thro

ugh

a di

rect

ory

nam

e lis

t. Th

is o

n-lin

e “p

hone

boo

k” a

llow

s th

e us

er t

olo

ok u

p an

d di

al a

ny s

tatio

n or

spe

ed d

ial n

umbe

r in

sec

onds

.

•P

ress

the

DIR

key

(DIR

EC

TOR

Y).

•S

elec

t th

e di

rect

ory

you

wis

h to

use

: P

ER

S(p

erso

nal s

peed

dia

l num

-be

rs),

SY

S(s

yste

m s

peed

dia

l num

bers

) or

STN

(sta

tion

nam

es).

•D

ial t

he k

ey o

n th

e ke

ypad

that

cor

resp

onds

to th

e fir

st le

tter o

f the

nam

eyo

u w

ish

to s

earc

h fo

r.•

Use

the

UP

and

DO

WN

arro

ws

to s

crol

l thr

ough

the

nam

es.

•P

ress

the

DIA

Lso

ft ke

y to

dia

l the

num

ber.

NO

TE:

A D

IRke

y ca

n ha

ve a

n ex

tend

er t

o ta

ke y

ou d

irect

ly t

o on

e of

the

abov

e lis

ts.

CA

LL P

RO

GR

ES

S D

ISP

LAY

S

Dur

ing

ever

yday

cal

l han

dlin

g, y

our

keys

et d

ispl

ay w

ill p

rovi

de in

form

atio

nth

at is

hel

pful

and

in s

ome

case

s in

valu

able

. Dis

play

s lik

e [C

ALL

FR

OM

203

],[T

RA

NS

FER

TO

202

], [

701:

RIN

GIN

G],

[TR

AN

SFE

R F

M 2

03],

[70

8 bu

sy],

[Cam

p on

to 2

04],

[R

ecal

l fro

m 2

04],

[C

all f

or 5

01],

[m

essa

ge fr

m 2

04]

and

[FW

D A

LL t

o 20

4] k

eep

you

info

rmed

of w

hat

is h

appe

ning

and

whe

re y

ouar

e. I

n so

me

cond

ition

s yo

u ar

e pr

ompt

ed t

o ta

ke a

n ac

tion

and

in o

ther

case

s yo

u re

ceiv

e di

rect

ory

info

rmat

ion.

DIS

PLA

Y N

UM

BE

R D

IALE

DD

ispl

ay k

eyse

ts b

egin

sho

win

g di

gits

as

they

are

dia

led.

The

y w

ill s

tay

in th

edi

spla

y un

til t

he c

all

dura

tion

timer

com

es o

n au

tom

atic

ally

or

the

TIM

ER

butto

n is

pre

ssed

. If t

he c

all d

urat

ion

timer

is n

ot u

sed,

the

num

ber d

iale

d w

illbe

dis

play

ed u

ntil

the

call

is r

elea

sed,

tran

sfer

red

or p

ut o

n ho

ld.

CA

LL D

UR

ATI

ON

TIM

ER

The

syst

em c

an b

e se

t to

aut

omat

ical

ly t

ime

outs

ide

calls

. A

few

sec

onds

afte

r yo

u di

al a

tel

epho

ne n

umbe

r, th

e tim

er a

ppea

rs i

n th

e di

spla

y. I

tap

pear

s im

med

iate

ly fo

r in

com

ing

calls

. The

cal

l tim

er c

ontin

ues

for

the

du-

ratio

n of

the

call.

Cal

l dur

atio

n tim

es a

re d

ispl

ayed

in m

inut

es a

nd s

econ

ds.

If a

call

last

s lo

nger

than

60

min

utes

, the

tim

er r

esta

rts.

You

can

pres

s th

e TI

ME

Rke

y to

man

ually

beg

in ti

min

g a

call.

Pre

ss it

aga

into

sto

p tim

ing.

If y

ou p

ress

it w

hile

the

aut

omat

ic t

imer

is o

n, t

he c

all d

ura-

tion

time

is r

esta

rted

.

3938

DIS

PLA

Y F

EA

TUR

ES

INTE

RA

CTI

VE

DIS

PLA

Y K

EY

STh

e th

ree

keys

bel

ow t

he d

ispl

ay a

re s

ubst

itute

s fo

r de

dica

ted

feat

ure

keys

and

acce

ss c

odes

. Pre

ssin

g on

e of

thes

e ke

ys h

as th

e sa

me

effe

ct a

s pr

ess-

ing

a pr

ogra

mm

able

key

. The

se k

eys

are

calle

d so

ft ke

ys a

s th

eir

func

tions

are

not f

ixed

. The

y ch

ange

to p

rese

nt y

ou w

ith th

e be

st o

ptio

ns fo

r th

at c

all

cond

ition

. The

use

of s

oft k

eys

allo

ws

the

prog

ram

mab

le k

eys

to b

e us

ed fo

rm

ore

DS

San

d sp

eed

dial

key

s.

The

SC

RO

LLke

y is

use

d to

dis

play

opt

ions

ava

ilabl

e to

the

user

at a

par

tic-

ular

tim

e or

dur

ing

a sp

ecifi

c pr

oced

ure.

Pre

ss th

is k

ey o

nce

whi

le in

the

idle

stat

e to

vie

w th

e th

ree

mai

n ca

tego

ries

avai

labl

e.

201:

STN

NA

ME

CA

LL

OTH

ER

A

NS

AN

SW

ER

:G

uide

s yo

u th

roug

h th

e op

tions

to a

nsw

er c

alls

.O

THE

R:G

uide

s yo

u th

roug

h fe

atur

es o

ther

than

mak

ing

or a

nsw

erin

g ca

lls.

CA

LL:

Gui

des

you

thro

ugh

the

optio

ns to

mak

e a

call.

Sel

ect o

ne o

f the

mai

n ca

tego

ries:

CA

LL, O

THE

R o

r AN

S (A

NS

WE

R).

Pre

ssth

e S

CR

OLL

key

to d

ispl

ay a

dditi

onal

opt

ions

ava

ilabl

e un

der

each

of

the

thre

e m

ain

cate

gorie

s. T

he s

ymbo

l ➡di

spla

yed

as th

e la

st c

hara

cter

on

the

low

er li

ne o

f the

dis

play

indi

cate

s th

at th

ere

are

addi

tiona

l opt

ions

. Pre

ss th

eS

CR

OLL

key

to d

ispl

ay th

ese

addi

tiona

l opt

ions

.

Use

r in

stru

ctio

ns w

ill b

e di

spla

yed

in lo

wer

cas

e le

tters

. Opt

ions

ass

igne

d to

soft

keys

will

be

in u

pper

cas

e le

tters

.

DIR

EC

TOR

Y I

NFO

RM

ATI

ON

An

11 c

hara

cter

dire

ctor

y na

me

can

be a

ssig

ned

to e

ach

exte

nsio

n nu

mbe

r.D

ispl

ay k

eyse

t use

rs c

an v

iew

the

nam

e of

the

calle

d or

cal

ling

stat

ion

befo

rean

swer

ing.

Eac

h ou

tsid

e lin

e ca

n ha

ve a

n 11

cha

ract

er d

irect

ory

nam

e. In

com

ing

calls

can

be e

asily

iden

tifie

d an

d an

swer

ed w

ith d

iffer

ent g

reet

ings

.

Out

side

and

inte

rnal

cal

ls r

ingi

ng to

a s

tatio

n gr

oup

will

dis

play

[C

ALL

FO

Rxx

x] w

here

xxx

is th

e st

atio

n gr

oup

num

ber.

This

allo

ws

you

to a

nsw

er c

alls

dire

cted

to y

ou d

iffer

ently

than

cal

ls d

irect

ed to

you

r gr

oup.

Page 47: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

CO

UN

T 1

2 3

45

DIA

L 0

<>

.

)0

DIA

L 1

spac

e ?

, !

1

DIA

L 2

A

B

C

@2

DIA

L 3

D

E

F #

3

DIA

L 4

G

H

I $

4

DIA

L 5

J K

L

%5

DIA

L 6

M

N

O

^6

DIA

L 7

P

Q

R

S7

DIA

L 8

T U

V

8

DIA

L 9

W

X

Y

Z9

DIA

L ✱

: =

[

]✱

NO

TES

:1.

Whe

n th

e ch

arac

ter

you

wan

t app

ears

on

the

sam

e di

al p

ad k

ey a

s th

epr

evio

us c

hara

cter

, pre

ss U

P to

mov

e th

e cu

rsor

one

spa

ce to

the

right

.2.

Oth

er s

ymbo

ls a

re a

vaila

ble

for

DIA

L #

.

To c

ance

l an

indi

vidu

al a

larm

and

rem

inde

r m

essa

ge:

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Ran

d th

en d

ial 1

12.

•D

ial a

larm

num

ber

1, 2

or 3

.•

Pre

ss th

e H

OLD

key.

•P

ress

the

TRA

NS

FER

key.

PE

RS

ON

AL

SP

EE

D D

IAL

NA

ME

SE

ach

pers

onal

spe

ed d

ial n

umbe

r ca

n ha

ve a

n 11

cha

ract

er n

ame

assi

gned

to it

. Thi

s na

me

is u

sed

to s

elec

t the

spe

ed d

ial b

in w

hen

you

are

dial

ing

bydi

rect

ory.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Ran

d th

en d

ial 1

06.

•D

ial t

he s

peed

dia

l bin

num

ber

00–4

9.•

Writ

e yo

ur m

essa

ge u

sing

the

pro

cedu

re d

escr

ibed

in A

larm

Rem

inde

rM

essa

ges.

•P

ress

the

TRA

NS

FER

key

to s

tore

the

spee

d di

al n

ame.

•R

epea

t for

eac

h sp

eed

dial

bin

if n

eces

sary

.

41

AU

TO T

IME

RD

ispl

ay k

eyse

t us

ers

may

hav

e th

e tim

er a

utom

atic

ally

sta

rt w

hen

they

answ

er in

com

ing

calls

or

afte

r a

shor

t del

ay o

n an

out

goin

g ca

ll.

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RS

Fan

d th

en d

ial 1

10.

•D

ial 3

1to

turn

the

auto

tim

er o

n or

30

to tu

rn it

off.

•P

ress

TR

SF

to s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

TIM

ER

FU

NC

TIO

ND

ispl

ay k

eyse

t use

rs m

ay u

se th

is fe

atur

e as

a s

impl

e st

opw

atch

.

•W

hen

the

keys

et is

idle

, pre

ss th

e TI

ME

Rbu

tton

to s

tart

tim

ing.

•P

ress

the

TIM

ER

butto

n ag

ain

to s

top

timin

g.•

Rea

d th

e el

apse

d tim

e in

the

disp

lay.

•Li

ft th

e ha

ndse

t and

rep

lace

it. T

he d

ispl

ay w

ill r

etur

n to

dat

e an

d tim

e.

VIE

WIN

G M

ES

SA

GE

IN

DIC

ATI

ON

SYo

u ca

n vi

ew a

ll of

you

r m

essa

ge in

dica

tions

bef

ore

you

retu

rn th

em:

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss th

e M

SG

key

with

the

red

flash

ing

light

.•

The

first

sta

tion

that

left

a m

essa

ge in

dica

tion

will

be

disp

laye

d.•

Pre

ss t

he U

Pan

d D

OW

Nar

row

s to

scr

oll t

hrou

gh t

he s

tatio

ns t

hat

left

mes

sage

indi

catio

ns. U

se th

e so

ft ke

ys to

rep

ly, c

lear

or

adva

nce

to th

ene

xt m

essa

ge.

•P

ress

the

AN

S/R

LSke

y to

ret

urn

your

key

set t

o th

e id

le c

ondi

tion.

ALA

RM

RE

MIN

DE

R M

ES

SA

GE

SW

hen

you

use

the

alar

m/a

ppoi

ntm

ent

rem

inde

r fe

atur

e, y

ou

crea

te a

16

char

acte

r re

min

der

mes

sage

. W

hen

the

alar

m r

ings

, yo

ur m

essa

ge w

ill a

p-pe

ar in

stea

d of

[A

LAR

M R

EM

IND

ER

]. T

o pr

ogra

m r

emin

der

mes

sage

s:

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

R a

nd th

en d

ial 1

16.

•D

ial t

he a

larm

num

ber

1, 2

or 3

.•

Dia

l th

e tim

e yo

u w

ant

the

alar

m t

o go

off.

Ent

er t

he t

ime

as H

HM

M(h

ours

and

min

utes

) us

ing

the

24 h

our

cloc

k.•

Dia

l 0(N

OT

SE

T), 1

(TO

DAY

) or

2(D

AIL

Y)

to s

elec

t the

ala

rm ty

pe.

•W

rite

your

mes

sage

usi

ng th

e di

al p

ad k

eys.

Eac

h pr

ess

of a

key

sel

ects

a ch

arac

ter.

Pre

ssin

g th

e ne

xt k

ey m

oves

the

curs

or to

the

next

pos

ition

.Fo

r ex

ampl

e, if

you

r m

essa

ge is

“TA

KE

ME

DIC

ATI

ON

,” p

ress

8 o

nce

toge

t the

lette

r “T

.” P

ress

2 o

nce

to g

et “A

.” P

ress

5 tw

ice

to g

et “

K.”

Con

-tin

ue s

elec

ting

char

acte

rs f

rom

the

fol

low

ing

tabl

e to

com

plet

e yo

urm

essa

ge.

•P

ress

the

TRA

NS

FER

key

to s

tore

the

alar

m a

nd r

emin

der

mes

sage

.•

Rep

eat f

or e

ach

alar

m if

nee

ded.

40

Page 48: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

WH

AT

IS C

ALL

ER

ID

?C

alle

r ID

is th

e na

me

give

n to

the

tele

phon

e co

mpa

ny-p

rovi

ded

feat

ure

that

deliv

ers

the

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r an

d so

met

imes

the

nam

e of

the

pers

on c

all-

ing

your

pho

ne. T

here

are

two

type

s of

Cal

ler I

D; t

he fi

rst d

eliv

ers

the

calli

ngpa

rty’

s te

leph

one

num

ber

only

and

the

sec

ond

(som

etim

es r

efer

red

to a

s“D

elux

e” C

alle

r ID

) de

liver

s bo

th t

he c

allin

g pa

rty’

s te

leph

one

num

ber

and

nam

e as

list

ed in

the

tele

phon

e di

rect

ory.

The

phon

e sy

stem

can

han

dle

both

type

s of

Cal

ler

ID; i

n fa

ct, i

n th

e ca

se o

fnu

mbe

r on

ly d

eliv

ery,

the

sys

tem

can

be

prog

ram

med

to

inse

rt a

nam

e fo

ra

spec

ific

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r (u

p to

a m

axim

um o

f 250

num

bers

).

How

ever

, eve

n th

ough

you

are

pay

ing

to re

ceiv

e C

alle

r ID

info

rmat

ion,

ther

ear

e so

me

circ

umst

ance

s th

at m

ean

you

will

not

rece

ive

this

info

rmat

ion.

The

six

mos

t co

mm

on r

easo

ns a

re li

sted

bel

ow a

long

with

the

dis

play

info

rma-

tion

that

the

syst

em w

ill p

rovi

de.

PR

IVA

TETh

e ca

ller

does

not

wis

h hi

s/he

r na

me

or n

umbe

r to

be

reve

aled

to y

ou. T

his

type

of c

all c

an b

e st

oppe

d at

the

tele

phon

e co

mpa

ny b

y di

alin

g an

acc

ess

code

on

your

outs

ide

lines

. Th

is w

ill r

edire

ct t

hese

PR

IVA

TE c

alls

to

an a

nnou

ncem

ent t

hat s

tate

s th

at y

ou d

o no

t wis

h to

re-

ceiv

e ca

lls th

at h

ave

had

Cal

ler I

D b

lock

ed. T

he c

ode

tobl

ock

thes

e ca

lls c

an u

sual

ly b

e fo

und

in th

e fro

nt s

ec-

tion

of th

e te

leph

one

dire

ctor

y.

OU

T O

F A

RE

ATh

e ca

ller

is c

allin

g fro

m a

n ar

ea t

hat

cann

ot p

rovi

deC

alle

r ID

info

rmat

ion

(for

exa

mpl

e, in

tern

atio

nal c

alls

) or

he/s

he is

cal

ling

from

a t

ype

of c

ircui

t th

at c

anno

t pr

o-vi

de C

alle

r ID

info

rmat

ion,

for

exam

ple,

som

e ou

tbou

ndW

ATS

line

s.

PAY

PH

ON

ETh

e ca

ller

is c

allin

g fro

m a

coi

n-op

erat

ed t

elep

hone

.Th

e te

leph

one

com

pany

will

sen

d th

is i

nfor

mat

ion

asth

ere

are

no d

irect

ory

listin

gs fo

r pay

pho

nes.

The

num

-be

r w

ill b

e de

liver

ed a

s us

ual.

INVA

LID

CID

INFO

This

is a

mes

sage

tha

t w

ill b

e di

spla

yed

whe

n co

rrup

t-ed

CID

info

rmat

ion

is r

ecei

ved

from

the

Cen

tral

Offi

ce.

NO

CID

RE

CE

IVE

DTh

is is

a m

essa

ge t

hat

will

be

disp

laye

d w

hen

the

CID

info

rmat

ion

is

not

rece

ived

fr

om

th

e te

lep

hone

co

mpa

ny.

43

STA

TIO

N N

AM

ES

You

can

assi

gn a

n 11

cha

ract

er n

ame

to y

our

keys

et. T

his

allo

ws

othe

r di

s-pl

ay k

eyse

t use

rs to

cal

l you

usi

ng th

e di

rect

ory

dial

feat

ure.

To p

rogr

am a

sta

tion

nam

e:

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Ran

d th

en d

ial 1

04.

•E

nter

the

11 c

hara

cter

nam

e us

ing

the

proc

edur

e de

scrib

ed in

Ala

rm R

e-m

inde

r M

essa

ges.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re th

e na

me.

MA

NA

GIN

G K

EY

AS

SIG

NM

EN

TSYo

u ca

n vi

ew y

our

key

assi

gnm

ents

and

add

ext

ende

rs to

som

e of

you

r pr

o-gr

amm

able

key

s fo

r ea

sy o

ne to

uch

oper

atio

n of

freq

uent

ly u

sed

feat

ures

.

An

exte

nder

is a

num

ber

that

mak

es a

n ot

herw

ise

gene

ral k

ey v

ery

spec

ific.

Add

ing

the

digi

t “4

” to

a P

AG

Eke

y de

fines

thi

s ke

y fo

r pa

ging

zon

e fo

ur.

Add

ing

“225

” to

a d

iffer

ent

pick

up k

ey w

ill d

efin

e th

is k

ey a

s pi

ckup

for

ex-

tens

ion

225

only

. The

key

mus

t alre

ady

be a

ssig

ned

by th

e te

chni

cian

.

•W

hile

on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 107

.•

Use

the

VO

LUM

Eke

ys to

scr

oll t

hrou

gh a

ll of

you

r pr

ogra

mm

able

key

sO

RP

ress

the

prog

ram

mab

le k

ey to

whi

ch y

ou w

ant t

o ad

d th

e ex

tend

er.

•W

hen

you

reac

h a

key

liste

d be

low

, dia

l the

cor

resp

ondi

ng e

xten

der.

•P

ress

TR

AN

SFE

Rto

sto

re a

nd e

xit p

rogr

amm

ing.

KE

YD

ES

CR

IPTI

ON

EX

TEN

DE

R

BO

SS

. . .

. . .

.Bos

s/S

ecre

tary

. . .

. . .

1–4

DP

. . .

. . .

. . .

.Dire

ct P

icku

p .

. . .

. . .E

xten

sion

or

stat

ion

grou

p nu

mbe

rD

S .

. . .

. . .

. . .D

irect

Sta

tion

. . .

. . .

. .A

ny e

xten

sion

num

ber

FWR

D .

. . .

. . .C

all F

orw

ardi

ng

. . .

. .0

–6G

PIK

. . .

. . .

. .G

roup

Pic

k-U

p .

. . .

. .01

–20

IG .

. . .

. . .

. . .I

n/O

ut o

f Gro

up .

. . .

. .A

ny g

roup

you

are

par

t of 5

00–5

29M

MP

G .

. . .

. .M

eet M

e P

age

. . .

. . .

0–9,

✱P

SM

G .

. . .

. . .P

rogr

amm

ed M

essa

ge 0

1–20

PA

GE

. . .

. . .

.Pag

e .

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.0–9

, ✱S

G .

. . .

. . .

. . .S

tatio

n G

roup

. . .

. . .

.500

–529

SP

D .

. . .

. . .

.Spe

ed D

ialin

g .

. . .

. . .0

0–49

, 500

–999

DIR

. . .

. . .

. . .

Dire

ctor

y .

. . .

. . .

. . .

.PE

RS

(1)

, SY

S (

2) o

r S

TN (

3)V

T .

. . .

. . .

. . .V

oice

Mai

l Tra

nsfe

r .

. .Vo

ice

Mai

l Gro

up (

501–

529)

NO

TE:

Con

firm

tha

t th

e cu

rsor

is p

lace

d co

rrec

tly b

efor

e yo

u en

ter

the

ex-

tend

er.

42

Page 49: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

RE

DIA

LIN

G A

SA

VE

D C

ID N

UM

BE

RTo

red

ial a

num

ber

that

has

bee

n sa

ved,

pre

ss th

e S

AV

Eke

y or

dia

l 17.

NO

TES

:1.

Your

tel

epho

ne s

yste

m m

ust

have

LC

R c

orre

ctly

pro

gram

med

to

redi

alth

e sa

ved

num

ber.

2.If

the

Hot

Key

pad

feat

ure

has

been

turn

ed o

ff, y

ou m

ust f

irst l

ift th

e ha

nd-

set o

r pr

ess

the

SP

EA

KE

Rke

y be

fore

you

beg

in d

ialin

g.

STO

RIN

G A

CID

NU

MB

ER

At a

ny ti

me

durin

g an

inco

min

g ca

ll th

at p

rovi

des

CID

info

rmat

ion,

you

may

save

the

CID

num

ber

as a

spe

ed d

ial n

umbe

r in

you

r pe

rson

al s

peed

dia

llis

t. To

sto

re a

Cal

ler

ID n

umbe

r in

a p

erso

nal s

peed

dia

l bin

:

•P

ress

the

STO

RE

key.

The

sys

tem

dis

play

s th

e sp

eed

dial

bin

in w

hich

the

num

ber

was

sto

red

OR

•P

ress

the

CID

key

and

then

pre

ss th

e S

CR

OLL

key.

•P

ress

the

STO

RE

soft

key.

•Th

e sy

stem

dis

play

s th

e sp

eed

dial

bin

in w

hich

the

num

ber w

as s

tore

d.

NO

TE: Y

our

tele

phon

e sy

stem

mus

t hav

e LC

R c

orre

ctly

pro

gram

med

to r

e-di

al th

e sa

ved

num

ber.

If LC

R is

not

bei

ng u

sed

on y

our s

yste

m, y

ou w

ill n

otbe

allo

wed

to S

TOR

E C

ID n

umbe

rs.

INQ

UIR

E C

ID P

AR

K/H

OLD

INFO

If yo

u ar

e in

form

ed th

at a

n in

com

ing

call

is o

n ho

ld o

r ha

s be

en p

arke

d fo

ryo

u, y

ou m

ay v

iew

the

Cal

ler I

D in

form

atio

n be

fore

you

retr

ieve

the

call.

Thi

sm

ay in

fluen

ce h

ow y

ou c

hoos

e to

han

dle

the

call.

From

an

idle

key

set:

•P

ress

the

INQ

UIR

Eke

y O

RP

ress

the

CID

key

and

then

the

INQ

UIR

Eso

ft ke

y.•

Dia

l the

trun

k nu

mbe

r.•

You

may

now

ans

wer

the

call

by p

ress

ing

the

AN

S k

ey O

RYo

u m

ay u

se N

ND

to v

iew

mor

e in

form

atio

n ab

out t

his

call

OR

You

can

retu

rn to

the

idle

con

ditio

n by

pre

ssin

g IG

NO

RE

.

If yo

u ar

e on

a c

all:

•P

ress

the

INQ

UIR

Eke

y. Y

our

exis

ting

call

will

go

on h

old

OR

Pre

ss th

e C

IDke

y an

d th

en th

e IN

QU

IRE

soft

key

to p

lace

the

first

cal

lon

hol

d.•

Dia

l the

trun

k nu

mbe

r.

45

NO

CID

DS

PC

alle

r ID

D

igita

l S

igna

l P

roce

ssor

s (C

IDD

SP

’s)

are

reso

urce

s in

the

DC

S t

o re

ceiv

e an

d tr

ansl

ate

the

CID

da

ta. I

f the

re a

re n

o C

IDD

SP

s av

aila

ble

at th

e tim

e a

call

com

es in

, thi

s is

the

mes

sage

you

will

see

on

your

dis

-pl

ay.

In t

he u

nlik

ely

even

t th

at [

NO

CID

DS

P]

cons

is-

tent

ly a

ppea

rs c

onsu

lt w

ith y

our

serv

ice

com

pany

.

NO

TE:

The

Cal

ler

ID f

eatu

res

requ

ire o

ptio

nal

softw

are

and/

or h

ardw

are.

Ple

ase

see

your

ser

vice

and

inst

alla

tion

com

pany

for

deta

ils.

SE

LEC

TIN

G Y

OU

R C

ALL

ER

ID

D

ISP

LAY

You

can

deci

de if

you

wan

t to

see

the

CID

nam

e or

CID

num

ber

in t

he d

is-

play

. R

egar

dles

s of

whi

ch o

ne is

sel

ecte

d, y

ou c

an p

ress

the

NN

Dke

y to

view

the

othe

r pie

ces

of C

ID in

form

atio

n. T

o se

lect

the

type

of C

alle

r ID

info

r-m

atio

n yo

u w

ish

to v

iew

firs

t:

•W

ith th

e ha

ndse

t on-

hook

, pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

and

then

dia

l 119

.•

Dia

l 0if

you

do n

ot w

ish

to v

iew

CID

info

rmat

ion,

1to

vie

w th

e N

UM

BE

Rfir

st o

r 2

to v

iew

the

NA

ME

firs

t.•

Pre

ss T

RA

NS

FER

to e

xit a

nd s

tore

you

r se

lect

ion.

VIE

WIN

G T

HE

NE

XT

CID

CA

LLIn

the

even

t tha

t you

hav

e a

call

wai

ting

or a

cam

ped-

on c

all a

t you

r ke

yset

,yo

u ca

n pr

ess

the

NE

XT

key

to d

ispl

ay th

e C

alle

r ID

info

rmat

ion

asso

ciat

edw

ith th

e ca

ll in

que

ue a

t you

r key

set.

Eith

er th

e C

ID n

ame

or C

ID n

umbe

r will

show

in th

e di

spla

y de

pend

ing

on y

our

Nam

e/N

umbe

r se

lect

ion.

To v

iew

Cal

ler

ID i

nfor

mat

ion

for

calls

tha

t ha

ve b

een

cam

ped-

on t

o yo

urke

yset

, pre

ss th

e N

EX

Tke

y. If

you

r key

set d

oes

not h

ave

a N

EX

Tke

y, p

ress

the

CID

key

and

then

the

NE

XT

soft

key.

SA

VIN

G T

HE

CID

NU

MB

ER

A

t any

tim

e du

ring

an in

com

ing

call

that

pro

vide

s C

ID in

form

atio

n, y

ou m

aypr

ess

the

SA

VE

key

to s

ave

the

CID

num

ber.

If yo

ur k

eyse

t doe

s no

t hav

e a

SA

VE

key,

pre

ss th

e C

IDke

y, th

e S

CR

OLL

key

and

then

the

SA

VE

soft

key.

The

syst

em m

ust b

e us

ing

LCR

to d

ial t

he s

aved

num

ber.

44

Page 50: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

47

•Yo

u m

ay n

ow a

nsw

er th

e ca

ll by

pre

ssin

g th

e A

NS

key

OR

You

may

use

NN

Dto

vie

w m

ore

info

rmat

ion

abou

t thi

s ca

ll O

RYo

u ca

n re

turn

to th

e id

le c

ondi

tion

by p

ress

ing

IGN

OR

E.

NO

TES

: 1.

If yo

u ar

e on

an

inte

rcom

cal

l or y

ou h

ave

Aut

omat

ic H

old

turn

ed o

ff, y

oum

ust f

inis

h th

e ex

istin

g ca

ll or

pla

ce it

on

hold

bef

ore

inqu

iring

.2.

If yo

u in

quire

abo

ut a

n ou

tgoi

ng c

all,

you

will

rec

eive

a [

call

no lo

nger

avai

labl

e] d

ispl

ay.

RE

VIE

WIN

G P

AS

T C

ID C

ALL

STh

is fe

atur

e al

low

s yo

u to

rev

iew

CID

info

rmat

ion

for

calls

sen

t to

your

key

-se

t. Th

is li

st c

an c

onta

in 1

0–50

cal

ls in

a f

irst-i

n, f

irst-o

ut b

asis

. Th

e lis

t in

-cl

udes

cal

ls th

at y

ou a

nsw

ered

and

cal

ls th

at r

ang

your

key

set b

ut th

at y

oudi

d no

t an

swer

. W

hen

revi

ewin

g th

is li

st,

you

can

pres

s on

e bu

tton

to d

ial

the

pers

on b

ack.

The

sys

tem

mus

t be

usin

g LC

R to

dia

l the

sto

red

num

ber.

To a

cces

s th

e C

ID in

form

atio

n st

ored

in y

our

RE

VIE

W li

st:

•P

ress

the

RE

VIE

Wke

y O

RP

ress

the

CID

key

and

then

pre

ss th

e R

EV

IEW

soft

key.

•If

you

have

ent

ries

in y

our

revi

ew li

st, t

he o

ldes

t cal

l will

be

show

n fir

st.

•Yo

u ca

n no

w C

LEA

Rth

is e

ntry

OR

Use

NN

Dto

vie

w m

ore

info

rmat

ion

abou

t thi

s ca

ll O

RP

ress

DIA

Lto

cal

l thi

s pe

rson

bac

k O

RP

ress

SC

RO

LLan

d th

en p

ress

STO

RE

to s

ave

this

num

ber i

n a

pers

on-

al s

peed

dia

l bin

.

NO

TES

: 1.

Eac

h ke

yset

def

aults

with

ten

rev

iew

bin

s. P

leas

e se

e yo

ur s

yste

m a

d-m

inis

trat

or to

det

erm

ine

the

num

ber

of b

ins

assi

gned

to y

our

keys

et.

2.Yo

ur s

yste

m m

ust h

ave

LCR

cor

rect

ly p

rogr

amm

ed to

allo

w y

ou to

DIA

Lnu

mbe

rs fr

om th

e re

view

list

or

to S

TOR

Een

trie

s fro

m th

e re

view

list

.

LCR

WIT

H C

LEA

RW

hen

you

are

mak

ing

an o

utsi

de c

all u

sing

LC

R a

nd d

ial a

n in

corr

ect d

igit,

you

can

pres

s th

e C

LEA

Rso

ft ke

y to

ree

nter

the

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r. Yo

u do

not n

eed

to r

edia

l 9to

rea

cces

s LC

R.

46

64 B

UT

TON

MO

DU

LEW

ITH

KE

YS

ET

The

64 b

utto

n m

odul

e is

use

d w

hen

you

need

mor

e pr

ogra

mm

able

key

sad

ded

to y

our k

eyse

t. Th

e 64

red

LED

’s p

rovi

de v

isua

l ind

icat

ion

of c

alls

and

feat

ures

. Th

e ex

tra

prog

ram

mab

le k

eys

are

used

exa

ctly

lik

e th

e on

es o

nyo

ur k

eyse

t. M

ake

them

DS

S/B

LF k

eys

or f

eatu

re k

eys.

As

a D

SS

/BLF

the

size

of t

he 6

4 bu

tton

mod

ule

allo

ws

for g

reat

er c

all s

tatu

s an

d fa

ster

cal

l pro

-ce

ssin

g. T

he 6

4 bu

tton

mod

ule

does

not

sup

port

exe

cutiv

e of

f-hoo

k vo

ice

anno

unce

(O

HVA

) an

d do

es n

ot h

ave

a m

icro

phon

e. A

max

imum

of t

wo

64bu

tton

mod

ules

can

be

assi

gned

to a

ny k

eyse

t.

Page 51: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

48

SV

Mi-

4

This

sec

tion

desc

ribes

how

to s

etup

you

r m

ailb

ox, a

nd h

ow to

use

the

vari-

ous

mai

lbox

ow

ner

feat

ures

. Ple

ase

revi

ew t

his

sect

ion

care

fully

bef

ore

you

use

your

mai

lbox

.

Your

voi

ce m

ail b

ox h

as t

he c

apab

ility

of

stor

ing

priv

ate

mes

sage

s of

fers

anu

mbe

r of

opt

ions

for

send

ing

or r

edire

ctin

g m

essa

ges

and

prov

ides

sev

er-

al w

ays

to n

otify

you

of n

ew m

essa

ges

or c

alls

.

This

sec

tion

can

be u

sed

by m

ailb

ox o

wne

rs f

rom

with

in t

he o

ffice

or

from

tele

phon

es o

utsi

de t

he o

ffice

. Th

e ba

sic

oper

atio

n is

the

sam

e, b

ut t

heac

cess

met

hod

will

be

diffe

rent

. See

the

flow

cha

rt fo

r m

ore

deta

ils.

Not

e th

at s

ome

feat

ures

and

pro

mpt

s de

taile

d he

re m

ay n

ot b

e av

aila

ble

toal

l m

ailb

ox o

wne

rs.

See

you

r sy

stem

adm

inis

trat

or i

f yo

u ha

ve q

uest

ions

abou

t fea

ture

ava

ilabi

lity.

FLO

W C

HA

RT

AC

CE

SS

ING

YO

UR

MA

ILB

OX

Out

sid

e C

alle

rs•

Dia

l the

pho

ne n

umbe

r th

at w

ill b

e an

swer

ed b

y th

e S

VM

i-4.

The

mai

ngr

eetin

g w

ill a

nsw

er.

•A

t th

e m

ain

gree

ting

dial

[#

] pl

us y

our

mai

lbox

num

ber

(mai

lbox

num

-be

rs w

ill u

sual

ly m

atch

you

r ex

tens

ion

num

ber.

•E

nter

you

r pe

rson

al m

ailb

ox p

assw

ord

whe

n pr

ompt

ed (

the

defa

ult

pass

wor

d is

000

0).

Insi

de

Cal

lers

• D

ial t

he S

VM

i-4 A

cces

s N

umbe

r or p

ress

the

key

assi

gned

to ri

ng S

VM

i-4

[VM

MS

G].

•E

nter

you

r pe

rson

al m

ailb

ox p

assw

ord

whe

n pr

ompt

ed (

the

defa

ult

pass

wor

d is

000

0).

MA

ILB

OX

MA

INM

EN

U

1N

ewM

essa

ges

2R

eco

rdan

dS

end

Mes

sag

e

3S

aved

Mes

sag

es

5P

erso

nal

Gre

etin

gs

6M

ailb

ox

Ad

min

istr

atio

n

#P

erso

nal

Ser

vice

s

1an

d3

-W

hile

Lis

ten

ing

toM

essa

ges

111

23

45

67

89

99 000

###

Pla

yM

essa

ges

Pre

viou

sM

essa

ge

Sav

eM

essa

ges

Dis

card

Mes

sage

s

Rep

lyto

Sen

der

Cal

lSen

der

For

war

da

Cop

yR

ewin

d5

Sec

s

Pau

se,R

esum

eF

orw

ard

5S

ecs

Cha

nge

Spe

edC

ance

l

Pla

yO

ptio

nsM

sgIn

form

atio

n

Ski

pM

essa

ges

Sca

nM

essa

ges

2-

Wh

ileR

eco

rdin

gM

essa

ges

1 2 3 6 7 77 8 9 99 0 #

Rev

iew

Rec

ordi

ng

Sto

pR

ecor

ding

,App

end

Dis

card

,Rer

ecor

d

SE

ND

,The

nC

opy

Rew

ind

5S

ecs

Cha

nge

Vol

ume

Pau

se,R

esum

e

For

war

d5

Sec

s

Cha

nge

Spe

ed

Can

cel

Pla

yO

ptio

ns

SE

ND

,NO

Cop

ies

6-

Mai

lbo

xA

dm

in

1 2 3 4

Mes

sage

Ale

rt

Pag

erN

otifi

catio

n

Del

eted

Mes

sage

s

Und

eliv

ered

Mes

sage

s

5-

Per

son

alG

reet

ing

s

Edi

tMai

lbox

Gre

etin

g

#7-

Per

son

alA

dm

in

1 2

Cha

nge

Pas

swor

d

Rec

ord

Nam

e

49

Page 52: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

At t

his

poin

t the

insi

de a

nd o

utsi

de c

alle

rs fo

llow

the

sam

e in

stru

ctio

ns. Y

ouw

ill h

ear

a m

essa

ge s

tatin

g th

e nu

mbe

r of

mes

sage

s le

ft in

you

r m

ailb

ox.

You

will

then

hea

r th

e M

ailb

ox O

wne

r M

ain

Men

u w

ith th

e fo

llow

ing

optio

ns:

1Li

sten

to

New

Mes

sag

es -

See

Lis

teni

ng t

o y

our

Mes

sag

e.

2R

eco

rd a

nd S

end

Mes

sag

e -

See

Sen

din

g M

essa

ges

.

3R

evie

w S

aved

Mes

sag

es -

See

Lis

teni

ng t

o y

our

Mes

sag

e.

5P

erso

nal G

reet

ing

s -

See

Per

sona

l Gre

etin

gs.

6M

ailb

ox

Ad

min

istr

atio

n -

See

Mai

lbo

x A

dm

inis

trat

ion.

#P

erso

nal S

ervi

ces

- S

ee P

erso

nal S

ervi

ces.

✱D

isco

nnec

t.

GE

TTI

NG

STA

RTE

DU

sing

you

r ne

w m

ailb

ox i

s as

sim

ple

as f

ollo

win

g a

few

sim

ple

spok

enin

stru

ctio

ns.

Firs

t tim

e us

ers

shou

ld r

ead

this

sec

tion

as a

tut

oria

l. Th

e fir

stth

ings

to s

houl

d do

are

:

•A

cces

s yo

ur m

ailb

ox -

You

alre

ady

know

how

to d

o th

is.

•R

ecor

d a

pers

onal

gre

etin

g.•

Cha

nge

your

acc

ess

code

.•

Rec

ord

your

nam

e.

Afte

r yo

u ha

ve c

ompl

eted

the

step

s ab

ove

your

mai

lbox

is s

et u

p an

d re

ady

to u

se.

LIS

TEN

ING

TO

YO

UR

ME

SS

AG

ES

If th

ere

are

new

mes

sage

s in

you

r m

ailb

ox y

our

VM

MS

G k

ey w

ill b

e lit

.

Cal

l the

SV

Mi-4

by

pres

sing

thi

s ke

y, a

nd w

hen

prom

pted

ent

er y

our

pass

-w

ord.

Sel

ect

[1]

to l

iste

n to

new

mes

sage

s or

[3]

to

liste

n to

sav

ed m

es-

sage

s.

1To

pla

y /

repl

ay th

e m

essa

ge y

ou ju

st h

eard

.

11To

pla

y th

e pr

evio

us m

essa

ge.

2To

sav

e th

e m

essa

ge y

ou ju

st h

eard

and

list

en to

the

next

mes

sage

.

3To

del

ete

the

mes

sage

you

just

hea

rd a

nd li

sten

to th

e ne

xt m

essa

ge.

4To

rep

ly to

the

mes

sage

. Thi

s w

ill a

llow

you

to le

ave

a m

essa

ge in

mai

l-bo

x of

the

send

er (

if th

e se

nder

has

a m

ailb

ox o

n th

is s

yste

m).

5To

retu

rn th

e ca

ll di

rect

ly to

the

tele

phon

e nu

mbe

r tha

t lef

t the

mes

sage

.

6To

forw

ard

the

mes

sage

and

sav

es a

cop

y -

See

mes

sage

forw

ardi

ng.

7To

rew

ind

the

mes

sage

5 s

econ

ds.

77To

cha

nge

play

back

vol

ume

of th

e re

cord

ing.

8To

pau

se o

r re

sum

e du

ring

mes

sage

pla

ybac

k.

9To

fast

forw

ard

the

mes

sage

5 s

econ

ds.

99To

cha

nge

play

back

spe

ed o

f the

rec

ordi

ng.

0To

pla

y he

lp o

ptio

ns.

00To

hea

r the

tim

e an

d da

te, a

nd s

ende

r's in

form

atio

n of

the

mes

sage

you

just

hea

rd. S

ende

r in

form

atio

n is

not

ava

ilabl

e on

out

side

cal

ls.

#To

mov

e to

the

nex

t m

essa

ge.

Doe

s no

t sa

ve o

r di

scar

d cu

rren

t m

es-

sage

.

##

To s

can.

Pla

ys fi

rst 7

sec

onds

of m

essa

ge th

en s

kips

to n

ext m

essa

ge.

To s

top

scan

ning

pre

ss [

1].

✱To

can

cel a

nd r

etur

n to

pre

viou

s m

enu.

ME

SS

AG

E F

OR

WA

RD

ING

OP

TIO

NS

If op

tion

[6]

is s

elec

ted

from

the

mes

sage

pla

y m

enu,

you

will

be

give

n th

eop

tion

to fo

rwar

d th

is m

essa

ge to

ano

ther

sub

scrib

er.

The

subs

crib

er c

an b

e se

lect

ed b

y di

alin

g th

e m

ailb

ox n

umbe

r (n

nn),

usi

ngth

e di

rect

ory

serv

ice

(#)

or y

ou m

ay a

lso

add

com

men

ts a

nd le

ave

it as

am

emo

to y

ours

elf (

##

).

The

SE

ND

and

Cop

y S

ervi

ce (

optio

n [6

]) a

llow

s a

user

to s

end

copi

es o

f am

essa

ge to

mul

tiple

rec

ipie

nts

easi

ly. A

diff

eren

t int

rodu

ctio

n m

essa

ge m

aybe

left

for

each

rec

ipie

nt.

SE

ND

ING

ME

SS

AG

ES

Pre

ss [

2] fr

om th

e M

ain

Men

u.

Rec

ord

your

mes

sage

at

the

tone

. A

fter

reco

rdin

g th

e m

essa

ge,

you

will

hear

the

send

men

u w

ith th

e fo

llow

ing

func

tions

:

1S

elec

t the

rec

ipie

nt.

2R

ecor

d th

e m

essa

ge.

3Fo

llow

inst

ruct

ions

to

revi

ew, c

ontin

ue, r

e re

cord

or

acce

pt it

or

cont

in-

ue s

endi

ng it

to o

ther

sub

scrib

ers

usin

g th

e se

nd th

en c

opy

optio

n.

5150

Page 53: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

PE

RS

ON

AL

GR

EE

TIN

GS

To s

et p

erso

nal m

ailb

ox g

reet

ing

pres

s [5

] fro

m th

e M

ain

Men

u.

Your

per

sona

l gr

eetin

g w

ill b

e pl

ayed

eve

ry t

ime

som

eone

rea

ches

you

rm

ailb

ox. A

typi

cal t

ext f

or a

per

sona

l gre

etin

g m

essa

ge is

:

"Hi,

this

is ..

......

sor

ry I

can'

t tak

e yo

ur c

all r

ight

now

. Ple

ase

leav

e yo

ur n

ame

and

num

ber

and

I will

get

bac

k to

you

as

soon

as

I can

."

Follo

w t

he i

nstr

uctio

ns t

o re

cord

you

r gr

eetin

g m

essa

ge.

Whe

n yo

u ar

edo

ne A

fter

reco

rdin

g yo

ur m

essa

ge,

you

will

be

able

to

liste

n to

the

mes

-sa

ge y

ou r

ecor

ded,

sav

e th

e m

essa

ge y

ou r

ecor

ded,

and

ret

urn

to th

e pr

e-vi

ous

men

u, r

ecor

d th

e m

essa

ge a

gain

, or

exit

with

out s

avin

g th

e m

essa

ge.

MA

ILB

OX

AD

MIN

ISTR

ATI

ON

The

Mai

lbox

Adm

inis

trat

ion

men

u is

use

d to

turn

on

and

off y

our p

ager

not

i-fic

atio

n, m

essa

ge a

lert

opt

ions

and

oth

er s

ent m

essa

ge c

ontr

ol fe

atur

es.

Mes

sag

e A

lert

Whe

n th

is f

unct

ion

is a

ctiv

ated

, th

e S

VM

i-4 w

ill c

all

any

outs

ide

or i

nsid

ete

leph

one

num

ber

afte

r ea

ch m

essa

ge is

left

in y

our

voic

e m

ailb

ox. T

o he

aryo

ur m

essa

ge a

t the

rem

ote

loca

tion,

pic

k up

the

tele

phon

e an

d en

ter

your

acce

ss c

ode.

• Fr

om th

e m

ailb

ox m

ain

men

u pr

ess

[6]

for

mai

lbox

adm

inis

trat

ion.

• P

ress

[1]

for

mes

sage

ale

rt.

• 2

optio

ns a

re a

vaila

ble

to y

ou.

Pre

ss [

1] to

togg

le m

essa

ge a

lert

on

and

off.

Pre

ss [

2] to

set

the

dest

inat

ion

phon

e nu

mbe

r.

Pag

er N

otif

icat

ion

Whe

n th

is fu

nctio

n is

act

ivat

ed, t

he S

VM

i-4 w

ill c

all y

our

beep

er s

ervi

ce a

ndno

tify

you

afte

r ea

ch m

essa

ge is

left

in y

our

voic

e m

ailb

ox.

•Fr

om th

e m

ailb

ox m

ain

men

u pr

ess

[6]

for

mai

lbox

adm

inis

trat

ion.

•P

ress

[2]

for

page

r no

tific

atio

n.•

Onl

y on

e op

tion

is a

vaila

ble

to y

ou.

Pre

ss [

1] to

togg

le p

ager

not

ifica

tion

on a

nd o

ff.*Y

our p

ager

num

ber m

ust b

e pr

ogra

mm

ed b

y th

e sy

stem

adm

inis

trat

or.

Und

elet

eW

hen

this

func

tion

is a

ctiv

ated

, the

SV

Mi-4

will

allo

w y

ou to

und

elet

e an

y m

es-

sage

s th

at y

ou h

ave

rece

ntly

del

eted

(up

to 3

am

the

follo

win

g m

orni

ng).

•Fr

om th

e m

ailb

ox m

ain

men

u pr

ess

[6]

for

mai

lbox

adm

inis

trat

ion.

•P

ress

[3]

for

page

r no

tific

atio

n.D

elet

ed v

oice

mai

l mes

sage

s ar

e te

mpo

raril

y st

ored

in m

emor

y un

til 3

am t

he f

ollo

win

g da

y. S

elec

t th

is o

ptio

n to

rec

over

("u

ndel

ete"

) pr

evi-

ousl

y de

lete

d m

essa

ges

durin

g th

is p

erio

d of

tim

e.

Und

eliv

ered

Ret

riev

alW

hen

this

func

tion

is a

ctiv

ated

, the

SV

Mi-4

will

allo

w y

ou to

rec

all a

ny m

es-

sage

s yo

u ha

ve s

ent t

hat h

ave

not y

et b

een

pick

ed u

p by

the

reci

pien

t.

•Fr

om th

e m

ailb

ox m

ain

men

u pr

ess

[6]

for

mai

lbox

adm

inis

trat

ion.

•P

ress

[4]

for

unde

liver

ed m

essa

ges.

This

use

ful f

eatu

re w

ill a

llow

you

to c

ance

l any

mes

sage

s th

at h

ave

not

yet b

een

pick

ed u

p by

the

reci

pien

t.

PE

RS

ON

AL

SE

RV

ICE

STh

e P

erso

nal A

dmin

istr

atio

n m

enu

is u

sed

to s

et y

our

pass

wor

d an

d re

cord

your

nam

e.

Set

ting

yo

ur P

assw

ord

•Fr

om th

e m

ain

mai

lbox

men

u pr

ess

[#].

•P

ress

[1]

. Th

e cu

rren

t pa

ssw

ord

will

be

play

ed a

nd y

ou w

ill h

ave

the

chan

ce to

cha

nge

it.

Rec

ord

ing

yo

ur N

ame

Use

this

opt

ion

to r

ecor

d yo

ur n

ame.

You

r re

cord

ed n

ame

is p

laye

d in

sev

-er

al d

iffer

ent

situ

atio

ns. I

t is

impo

rtan

t to

reco

rd y

our

nam

e fo

r pr

oper

ope

r-at

ion

of t

he S

VM

i-4 s

yste

m.

•Fr

om th

e m

ain

mai

lbox

men

u pr

ess

[#].

•P

ress

[2]

. The

cur

rent

nam

e w

ill b

e pl

ayed

and

you

will

hav

e th

e ch

ance

to c

hang

e it.

KE

YS

ET

US

ER

FE

ATU

RE

STh

e fo

llow

ing

optio

ns a

re a

vaila

ble

if yo

u ha

ve a

key

set.

They

req

uire

set

upby

the

syst

em a

dmin

istr

ator

.

Mes

sag

e W

aitin

g L

igh

tsW

hen

a ne

w m

essa

ge is

left

in y

our

mai

lbox

, th

e vo

ice

mai

l mes

sage

ligh

ton

you

r ke

yset

will

fla

sh.

Pre

ss t

his

flash

ing

key

and

follo

w t

he p

rom

pts

tore

trie

ve m

essa

ges.

5352

Page 54: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

PE

RS

ON

AL

SP

EE

D D

IAL

NU

MB

ER

S

CO

DE

NA

ME

TELE

PH

ON

E N

UM

BE

R

00__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

01__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

02__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

03__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

04__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

05__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

06__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

07__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

08__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

09__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

10__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

11__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

12__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

13__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

14__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

15__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

16__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

17__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

18__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

19__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

20__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

21__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

22__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

23__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

24__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

55

Sh

ort

cuts

Cal

ling

Cal

ling

a st

atio

n th

at is

bus

y or

doe

s no

t ans

wer

you

can

pre

ss [

#]

to im

me-

diat

ely

send

the

call

to th

e ca

lled

part

ies

mai

lbox

.

Bei

ng C

alle

d

If yo

ur p

hone

rin

gs a

nd y

ou w

ant t

o se

nd th

e ca

ller

dire

ctly

to y

our

mai

lbox

,si

mpl

y pr

ess

[#].

Dir

ect

Mes

sag

ing

[#]

+ D

SS

To

mak

e it

easy

to le

ave

mes

sage

s fo

r oth

ers

in y

our o

ffice

with

-ou

t hav

ing

to d

ial t

heir

exte

nsio

n nu

mbe

r fir

st, k

eyse

t use

rs m

ay s

impl

y di

al[#

] pl

us a

mai

lbox

(ex

tens

ion)

num

ber

and

leav

e a

mes

sage

dire

ctly

. If y

oudi

al a

bus

y ex

tens

ion

pres

s [#

] to

con

nect

dire

ctly

with

the

mai

lbox

.

Sel

f M

emo

[#]

+ [

#]

Pre

ssin

g [#

#]

will

leav

e a

mes

sage

in y

our

own

mai

lbox

.

INTE

RA

CTI

VE

DIS

PLA

YS

FO

R S

VM

i-4

Dis

play

key

set u

sers

hav

e th

e ad

ded

adva

ntag

e of

usi

ng th

e so

ft ke

ys a

nddi

spla

ys t

o pl

ay,

sav

e, d

elet

e, r

eply

, ca

ll, f

wd,

rew

ind,

pau

se,

fast

for

war

d,ch

ange

the

volu

me,

get

mes

sage

info

rmat

ion,

or

help

.

Vie

win

g M

ailb

ox

Co

nten

tsIf

you

have

new

mes

sage

s, in

add

ition

to th

e m

essa

ge w

aitin

g lig

ht y

ou w

illbe

abl

e to

use

the

key

set

disp

lays

and

sof

t ke

ys t

o co

mm

unic

ate

with

the

SV

Mi-4

.

54

Page 55: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

56

PE

RS

ON

AL

SP

EE

D D

IAL

NU

MB

ER

S

CO

DE

NA

ME

TELE

PH

ON

E N

UM

BE

R

25__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

26__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

27__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

28__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

29__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

30__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

31__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

32__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

33__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

34__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

35__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

36__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

37__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

38__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

39__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

40__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

41__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

42__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

43__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

44__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

45__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

46__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

47__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

48__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

49__

____

____

____

____

____

___

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

Page 56: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

I N S T A L L A T I O N S E C T I O N

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

1 SITE REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... 1.1

2 INSTALLATION OF BASIC KSU AND EXPANSION CABINET

2.1 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION ................................................... 2.1

2.2 KEY SERVICE UNIT INSTALLATION ............................................. 2.1

2.3 EXPANSION CABINET INSTALLATION......................................... 2.1

2.4 GROUNDING ................................................................................ 2.2

2.5 MDF CABLING .............................................................................. 2.4

3 INSTALLING PRINTED CIRCUIT CARDS

3.1 SMEM2 CARD ............................................................................... 3.1

3.2 2 SLI CARD.................................................................................... 3.1

3.3 SMISC1 CARD ............................................................................... 3.1

3.4 SMISC2 CARD ............................................................................... 3.1

3.5 2 X 4 DLI CARD ............................................................................. 3.2

3.6 S8DLI CARD .................................................................................. 3.2

3.7 2 X 4 SLI CARD ............................................................................. 3.2

3.8 S8SLI CARD .................................................................................. 3.2

3.9 S3TRK CARD................................................................................. 3.2

3.10 S6TRK CARD................................................................................. 3.2

3.11 2 E & M 4 DLI CARD ...................................................................... 3.2

3.12 S4BRI CARD.................................................................................. 3.3

3.13 SPLL DAUGHTER BOARD ............................................................ 3.4

3.14 MODEM CARD .............................................................................. 3.4

4 POWER UP PROCEDURES

4.1 CONNECT POWER TO THE SYSTEM .......................................... 4.1

4.2 SMEM2 CARD INDICATIONS ........................................................ 4.1

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2001

Page 57: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

4.3 PCB VERIFICATION ...................................................................... 4.2

4.4 DEFAULT TRUNK AND STATION NUMBERING ............................ 4.2

5 CONNECTING TELCO CIRCUITS

5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ............................................................... 5.1

5.2 LOOP START LINES ...................................................................... 5.1

5.3 OFF PREMISE EXTENSIONS (OPX) ............................................. 5.1

5.4 E&M TIE LINES ............................................................................. 5.1

5.5 ISDN BRI LINES ............................................................................ 5.2

6 CONNECTING STATION EQUIPMENT

6.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ............................................................... 6.1

6.2 DCS 50si KEYSET ......................................................................... 6.1

6.3 ADD-ON MODULE ......................................................................... 6.1

6.4 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE .......................................................... 6.1

6.5 DOOR PHONE AND DOOR LOCK RELEASE................................ 6.1

6.6 ISDN BRI STATIONS...................................................................... 6.2

6.7A WALL-MOUNTING KEYSETS ........................................................ 6.2

6.7B WALL-MOUNTING KEYSETS WITH ULTRA BASE WEDGE .......... 6.3

6.7C WALL-MOUNTING FALCON KEYSETS ......................................... 6.2

6.8 64 BUTTON MODULES ................................................................. 6.3

6.9 ATTACHING DCS 32 BUTTON AOM AND DCS 64 BUTTONMODULES TO MASTER STATION ................................................. 6.3

6.10 ATTACHING FALCON 64 BUTTON MODULESTO A FALCON KEYSET ................................................................. 6.4

7 CONNECTING OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

7.1 MUSIC ON HOLD/BACKGROUND MUSIC .................................... 7.1

7.2 EXTERNAL PAGING ...................................................................... 7.1

7.3 COMMON BELL ............................................................................ 7.2

7.4 RING OVER PAGE ......................................................................... 7.2

7.5 STATION MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING (SMDR)...................... 7.2

7.6 PC PROGRAMMING...................................................................... 7.3

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2001

Page 58: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2001

7.7 REMOTE PROGRAMMING............................................................ 7.3

7.8 POWER FAILURE TRANSFER (PFT) ............................................. 7.3

7.9 VOICE MAIL/AUTO ATTENDANT .................................................. 7.3

7.10 COMPUTER TELEPHONY MODULE (CTM) .................................. 7.4

7.11 CONNECTING SYSTEM BACKUP BATTERIESTO THE DCS 50si POWER SUPPLY .............................................. 7.4

8 INSTALLING KEYSET DAUGHTERBOARDS

8.1 KDB DLI ......................................................................................... 8.1

8.2 KBD SLI ......................................................................................... 8.1

8.3 CONNECTING TO THE KDBS....................................................... 8.1

9 CHANGING SOFTWARE

9.1 REPLACING THE EPROMS .......................................................... 9.1

10 INSTALLING CALLER ID

10.1 GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................... 10.1

10.2 INSTALLING ON A SYSTEM WITHOUT AN SMISC CARD .......... 10.2

11 ADDING CARDS TO AN EXISTING SYSTEM

11.1 ADDING AN SMISC CARD .......................................................... 11.1

11.2 ADDING A 2 SLI CARD ................................................................ 11.1

11.3 ADDING AN S3TRK CARD .......................................................... 11.2

11.4 ADDING AN S6TRK CARD .......................................................... 11.2

11.5 ADDING AN S8DLI CARD............................................................ 11.2

11.6 ADDING AN S8SLI CARD ............................................................ 11.2

11.7 ADDING A 2 X 4 CARD ................................................................ 11.3

11.8 ADDING AN S4BRI CARD ........................................................... 11.3

11.9 ADDING AN SPLL DAUGHTER BOARD...................................... 11.3

11.10 ADDING A MODEM CARD........................................................... 11.4

Page 59: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

12 INSTALLING A CADENCE (CVM8A) CARD

12.1 SYSTEM SIZE WITH CADENCE .................................................. 12.1

12.2 REMOVING THE COVER ............................................................ 12.1

12.3 ADDING A SECOND VOICE PROCESSING MODULE (VPM) ..... 12.1

12.4 INSERTING THE CARD ............................................................... 12.1

12.5 UPGRADING AN EXISTING CARD TO 8 PORTS ........................ 12.2

13 INSTALLING A SVMi-4 CARD

13.1 SYSTEM SIZE WITH A SVMi-4 CARD INSTALLED ...................... 13.1

13.2 UPGRADING THE SVMi-4 TO FOUR PORTS .............................. 13.1

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2001

Page 60: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 JUNE 2001

6.1

PART 6. CONNECTING STATION EQUIPMENT

6.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONSTo limit the risk of personal injury, always follow these precautions before connectingtelephone circuits:

a. Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.b. Never install telephone jacks in a wet location unless the jack is specifically

designed for wet locations.c. Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has

been disconnected at the network interface.d. Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.

6.2 KEYSETSUsing one pair twisted #24 AWG or #26 AWG jumper wire, cross-connect each keysetto the DLI port of your choice (see Figures 6–1, 6–2 and 6-3).

NOTE: Because the DCS 50si is a self-configuring system, if you connect a 12 buttonkeyset to a DLI port that previously had a 24 button keyset installed, theexisting data will be rewritten with 12 button keyset default data (see MMC723).

6.3 DCS 32 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULEUsing one pair twisted #24 AWG or #26 AWG jumper wire, cross-connect each add-onmodule (AOM) to the DLI port of your choice (see Figures 6–4, 6-5 and 6-6).

If an AOM is to operate as a stand-alone unit, there is nothing else required other thanassigning keys. When an AOM is to be used with a station, it must be assigned in MMC209. Add-on modules can be assigned to any keyset.

6.4 SINGLE LINE TELEPHONEUsing one pair twisted #24 AWG or #26 AWG jumper wire, cross-connect each singleline telephone to the SLI port of your choice (see Figures 6–7, 6–8 and 6-9).

6.5 DOOR PHONE AND DOOR LOCK RELEASEUsing one pair twisted #24 AWG or #26 AWG jumper wire, cross-connect each DPIMto the DLI port of your choice (see Figures 6–10, 6-11 and 6–12). Next, connect theDPIM to the door phone using #24 AWG or #26 AWG twisted pair wire.

Page 61: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 JUNE 2001

6.2

When a customer-provided electric door release is installed, cross-connect thecorresponding door release contacts on the DPIM to the door lock mechanism (seeFigures 6–10, 6-11 and 6–12). Use MMC 501 to program the duration of the contactclosure as required. See the user guides for door lock release operation. The doorrelease contacts on the DPIM are to be used for low voltage relay control only. Thecontacts are rated at 24 VDC-1 amp.

WARNING: Do not attempt to connect commercial AC power to these contacts.

6.6 ISDN BRI STATIONSThe DCS 50si uses an S/T type interface so if the BRI station equipment requires a Utype circuit then an NT1 must be connected between the DCS 50si and the stationequipment. This will convert the circuit from the S/T type 4 wire interface provided bythe DCS 50si to the U type 2 wire interface required by the station equipment. In thiscase the maximum distance of the BRI station equipment from the DCS 50si isdetermined by the specifications of the NT1.

Using two pair twisted #24 AWG or #26 AWG jumper wire cross-connect any BRI portto the BRI station equipment (or NT1), (see Figure 6-13).

For information regarding the programming of a BRI circuit please see the SpecialApplications part of the Programming section of this manual.

6.7A WALL-MOUNTING KEYSETSDCS keysets come equipped with a reversible base wedge. To wall-mount a keyset,remove the wedge from the keyset and remove the directory tray from the wedge.Mount the wedge to the wall using one of the methods below (see Figure 6-14).

Use screw holes 1 and 2 to attach the base wedge to a standard electrical outlet box.

OR

Use screw holes 1 and 3 to attach to a standard telephone wall-mount plate withlocking pins. This method can cause the keyset to wobble as the keyset feet do not fitsecurely to the mounting surface.

OR

Use screw holes 4 and 5 if you are mounting on dry wall with a hole in the middle forcable access.

Page 62: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 JUNE 2001

6.3

6.7B WALL-MOUNTING KEYSETS WITH ULTRA BASEWEDGEDCS keysets now come equipped with a new Ultra Base wedge. These base wedgesare reversible and can be used for wall-mounting however not every wall mountingscenario is appropriate. First and foremost there is only one keyhole in the center of thebase attaching to the wall, and these base wedges can not be used with the standardwall mount bracket with the two button/pins. To wall-mount the keyset using Ultra Basewedges use screw holes 1, 2 and 3 to mount the base wedge on dry wall with the holein the middle for cable access (see Figure 6-15).

6.7C WALL-MOUNTING FALCON KEYSETSFALCON keysets come equipped with a reversible base wedge. To wall-mount akeyset, remove the wedge from the keyset and mount the wedge to the wall using oneof the methods below (see Figure 6-15A).

Use screw holes 1 and 2 to attach the base wedge to a standard electrical outlet box.OR

Use screw holes 1 and 3 to attach to a standard telephone wall-mount plate withlocking pins. This method can cause the keyset to wobble as the keyset feet do not fitsecurely to the mounting surface.

6.8 64 BUTTON MODULESUsing one pair twisted #24 AWG or #26 AWG jumper wire, cross-connect each 64button module (64 BM) to the DLI port or plug into the DLI daughter board or yourchoice (see part 8 of the installation section). The 64 BM module can be assigned toany keyset telephone. It must be assigned to that station in MMC 309. A maximum offour (4) 64 button modules can be programmed in the DCS 50si system. A maximum oftwo (2) 64 button modules per keyset.

6.9 ATTACHING DCS 32 BUTTON AOM AND DCS 64BUTTON MODULES TO MASTER STATIONThese new Ultra Base Wedges allow a connector clip (packaged with 64B Modules andAOMs) to be connected to the underside of the new style wedge and attach AOM(s) or64B module(s) together with the main or “master” station. This “clip” allows multiple64B modules and or AOMs to be secured or “chained” together to the main or “master”station they are associated with. This will make instruments associated with each otherseem as one unit (see Figure 6-16, 6-17 and 6-18).

Page 63: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si INSTALLATIONTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 JUNE 2001

6.4

6.10 ATTACHING FALCON 64 BUTTON MODULES TOA FALCON KEYSETFirst remove the base wedge from the FALCON 64 Button Module and attach thebracket to it with two of the screws provided (see Figure 6-19).

Remove the base wedge of the keyset and place it to the right of the 64 Button Moduleand attach the bracket/64BM to the keyset with the remaining two screws.

The base wedge can now be replaced.

NOTE: If you wish to attach two 64 button modules to a keyset, connect the 64 buttonmodules together first and then attach them to the keyset.

Page 64: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

FIGURE 6-7ULTRA BASE WEDGE FIGURE 6–15A

DCS 50si INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 MAY 2000

HOLES FOR MOUNTING SCREWS

NOTE: THE DIRECTORY CARD SLIDE TRAY IS NOT USED WHEN THEKEYSET IS WALL-MOUNTED.

1

2 3

USED FOR ATTACHINGAOM OR 64B MODULE

WITH CONNECTOR CLIP

Page 65: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

FIGURE 6-7WALL-MOUNTINGA FALCON KEYSET

FIGURE 6–15B

DCS 50si INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 JUNE 2001

1

2

3

Page 66: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

FIGURE 6-7ATTACHING 24B/12B TO 64BM FIGURE 6–16

DCS 50si INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 MAY 2000

ME

TA

L

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

CLIP

24

B/

12

BU

LT

RA

BA

SE

WE

DG

E6

4B

MU

LT

RA

BA

SE

WE

DG

E

GR

OO

VE

FO

R

AD

DIT

ION

AL

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

CLIP

Page 67: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

ATTACHING 24B/12B TO AOM

DCS 50si INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 MAY 2000

ME

TA

L

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

CLIP

24

B/

12

BU

LT

RA

BA

SE

WE

DG

EA

OM

ULT

RA

BA

SE

WE

DG

E

GR

OO

VE

FO

R

AD

DIT

ION

AL

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

CLIP

FIGURE 6–17

Page 68: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

FIGURE 6-7ATTACHING7B/SINGLE LINE TO AOM AND7B/SINGLE LINE TO 64BM

FIGURE 6–18

DCS 50si INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 MAY 2000

METAL CONNECTOR CLIP

7B / SINGLE LINE ULTRA BASE WEDGE AOM ULTRA BASE WEDGE

7B/SINGLE LINE ULTRA BASE WEDGE 64BM ULTRA BASE WEDGE

METAL CONNECTOR CLIP

Page 69: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

FIGURE 6-7ATTACHINGFALCON 64 BUTTON MODULETO A FALCON KEYSET

FIGURE 6–19

DCS 50si INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL MANUAL PART 6 JUNE 2001

Page 70: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 104 STATION NAME

DESCRIPTION:Allows the system administrator or technician to enter an eleven (11) charactername to identify an individual station.

Names are written using the keypad. Each key press selects a character. Pressingthe dial pad key moves the cursor to the next position. For example, if the directoryname is “SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get the letter “S.” Pressthe number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selecting characters from thetable below to complete your message. Pressing the bottom left programmable keywill change the letter from upper case to lower case.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 71: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 104

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryA Key 19; acts as toggle between upper case and lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 104Display shows

[201] STN NAME

2. Dial the station number (e.g., 205)OR

[205] STN NAME_

Press UP or DOWN to select stationand press RIGHT soft key to move cursor

3. Enter the station name using the proceduredescribed above

[205] STN NAMESAM SMITH

Press the RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

Page 72: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 104

4. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NONE

RELATED ITEMS: “A” BUTTON IS BUTTON #19 ON KEYSET

Page 73: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 106 STATION SPEED DIAL NAME

DESCRIPTION:Allows an eleven (11) character name to be entered for each personal speed diallocation. This name enables the speed dial number to be located when the directorydial feature is used. The directory dial feature allows the display keyset user toselect a speed dial location by viewing its name.

Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key selects a character.Pressing the dial keypad moves the cursor to the next position. For example, if thedirectory name is “SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get the letter“S.” Press the number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selecting charactersfrom the table below to complete your message. Pressing the bottom leftprogrammable key changes the letter from upper case to lower case.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 74: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 106

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryA Key 19; acts as toggle between upper case and lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 106Display shows

[201] SPEED NAME00:

2a. Dial station number (e.g., 205)OR

[205] SPEED NAME00:

Press UP or DOWN to select stationand press RIGHT soft key to move cursor

[305] SPEED NAMESPDBLK NOT EXIST

Page 75: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 106

2b. Dial station number (e.g., 305)OR

Press UP or DOWN to select stationspeed blocks not assigned

3. Dial speed dial location (e.g., 05)OR

[205] SPEED NAME01:_

Use UP or DOWN to scroll throughlocation numbers and use the RIGHTsoft key to move the cursor

ORPress the LEFT soft key to return to step 2

4. Enter the location name using the proceduresdescribed above and press RIGHT soft key

[205] SPEED NAME01:SAM SMITH

to return to step 2OR

Press LEFT soft key to return to step 3 tocontinue entries

5. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NONE

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 105 STATION SPEED DIAL

Page 76: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 116 ALARM AND MESSAGE

DESCRIPTION:

Allows the system administrator or technician to set or change the alarmclock/appointment reminder feature for any station. This must be done for singleline telephone because they cannot access programming. Three alarms may be setfor each station and each alarm may be defined as a one-time or TODAY alarm oras a DAILY alarm as described below. The TODAY alarm is automatically canceledafter it rings while the DAILY alarm rings every day at the same time. It is alsopossible to set a message to display when the alarm is sounded. Alarm numbersare 1, 2 and 3.

Entry Alarm Type

DIAL 1 NOTSETDIAL 2 TODAYDIAL 3 DAILY

Messages are written using the keypad. Each press of a key will select a character.Pressing the dial pad key will move the cursor to the next position. For example, ifthe directory name is “SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get theletter “S.” Now press the number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selectingcharacters from the table below to complete your message. Pressing the “A” keywill change the letter from upper case to lower case.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

Page 77: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 116

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryA Key 19; acts as toggle between upper case and lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 116Display shows

[201]ALM REM(1)HHMM: NOTSET

2. Dial station number (e.g., 205)OR

[205]ALM REM(1)HHMM: NOTSET

Press UP or DOWN to select stationand press RIGHT soft key to move cursor

ORPress ANS/RLS to select all stations

[ALL]ALM REM(1)HHMM: NOTSET

Page 78: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 116

3. Dial 1–3 to select alarm (e.g., 2)OR

[201]ALM REM(1)HHMM: NOTSET

Press UP or DOWN to select alarm andpress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

ORPress LEFT soft key to return to step 2

4. Enter alarm time in 24 hour clock format(e.g., 1300)

[205]ALM REM (2)HHMM:1300 NOTSET

Display will automatically advance to step 5

5. Dial valid entry from above list for alarm typeOR

[205]ALM REMHHMM:1300 DAILY

Press UP or DOWN to select alarm typePress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

6. Enter messages using above tablePress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

[205]ALM REMSam SMITH

7. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: ALARMS SET TO NOTSET

RELATED ITEMS: NONE

Page 79: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 209 ASSIGN ADD-ON MODULE

DESCRIPTION:

Designates to which keyset a DCS 32 Button Add-On Module (AOM) or 64 ButtonModule is assigned to and determines if an off-hook voice announce (OHVA) will bereceived via a DCS 32 Button Add-On Module (AOM only). OHVAED:YES allows off-hook voice announce to an AOM. In the DCS the maximum number of AOM’s a keysetcan have assigned to it is 2. The maximum number of 64 button add-on modules thatcan be assigned to a keyset is 2. The DCS will support a maximum of 4, 64 buttonmodules per system.

NOTE: The 64 BTN Module’s do not have a speaker or microphone so they willNOT support the off-hook voice announce feature.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightRELEASE Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Clears previous entry

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 209Display shows first AOM or 64Btn

[301] AOM MASTERMASTER:NONE

2. Dial AOM numberOR

[301] AOM MASTERMASTER:NONE

Use UP or DOWN to scroll through AOMnumbers and use soft keys to move cursor

3a. Enter station number, e.g., 301OR

[301] AOM MASTERMASTER:201

Use UP or DOWN for selection of stationsAND

3b. Enter 1 for OHVAED: ON or 0 for OFFOR

[301] AOM MASTEROHVAED:ON

Use UP or DOWN to scroll through ON/OFFoptionsPress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

Page 80: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 209

4. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to save and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NONE FOR MASTEROFF FOR OHVAED

RELATED ITEMS: NONE

Page 81: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 213 ALARM MESSAGE

DESCRIPTION:

Allows the assignment of a name to an alarm sensor. Names are written using thedial keypad. Each press of a key will select a character. Pressing the dial key willmove the cursor to the next position. For example, if the sensor name is “FIRE,”press the number “3” three times to get the letter “F.” Now press the number “4”three times to get the letter “I.” Continue selecting characters from the table belowto complete your message.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right or the DOWNkey to move the cursor left. A space can be entered by using these keys. Pressingthe “A” key will change the letter from upper case to lower case.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 82: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 213

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryA Key 19; acts as toggle between upper case and lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 213Display shows

[213] ALARM NAME

2. Dial ALARM number ( e.g., 351)OR

[351] ALARM NAME

Press UP or DOWN key to make selectionPress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

3. Enter name using above method and tablePress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

[351] ALARM NAMEFIRE!

Page 83: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 213

4. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NONE

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 212 ALARM RINGING STATION

Page 84: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 315 CUSTOMER SET RELOCATION

DESCRIPTION:Customer Set Relocation allows System Administration level or Technician levelaccess to relocate or exchange similar station in the DCS without wiring changes(see Allow Table bellow). This program is a one for one exchange with like stations.ie. Single line to single line, 7 button keyset to 7 button keyset, etc. All individualstation assignments such as trunk ring, station group, station COS, station speeddial, button appearances, etc. will follow the Customer Set Relocation program. 12button keysets and 24 button keysets can be exchanged. Basic 7 button keysetscan be exchanged with Basic 7 button key sets. Add On Modules can also beexchanged with other Add On Modules. Single line stations numbers can beexchanged. If incompatible set types are selected the DCS system will provide anERROR: NO MATCH message. If AOM units are to be exchanged the AOM Masterassignment must be removed prior to using Customer Set relocation. If the AOMMaster station is not removed the error code ERROR: NOT ALONE will appear onthe LCD display. A station must be in the idle state (on hook) to perform CustomerSet Relocation. If a wired location has a station port connected but no telephoneinstrument the Customer Set Relocation program will allow set relocation as long asthe station types are similar.

12 button and 24 button key assignments should be taken in consideration whenrelocating these types of sets due to the button configurations of the instruments. Ifa 12 button set and a 24 button set are exchanged using the Customer SetRelocation program the first twelve buttons on the 24 button set will have the buttonprogramming of the 12 button set. The 12 button set will then have theprogramming of the first twelve buttons of the 24 button set. In other words, whenexchanging 12 and 24 button set only the first twelve buttons will swapped.

NOTE: Customer access to this feature is default OFF in MMC 802.

Page 85: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 315

CUSTOMER SET RELOCATION ALLOW TABLE

S/L 7 BTNBSC12

LCD12

BSC24

LCD24

32AOM

DCS &FALCON 64

AOM

8BUTTONFALCON

18BUTTONFALCON

28BUTTONFALCON

S/L YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO7 BTN NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NOBSC 12 NO NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NOLCD 12 NO NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NOBSC 24 NO NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NOLCD 24 NO NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO32 AOM NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YESDCS &FALCON64 AOM

NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES

8 BUTTONFALCON NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO18BUTTONFALCON

NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES

28BUTTONFALCON

NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryANS/RLS Used to select ALL

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 315Display shows

SET RELOCATIONEXT _ EXT

2. Enter first station number (e.g.,202)press RIGHT soft key to move cursor

SET RELOCATIONEXT 202 EXT _

3. Enter second station number (e.g.,210)Press RIGHT softkey to enter data

SET RELOCATEEXT 202 EXT 210

4. Display will return to STEP 1Go to STEP 2

SET RELOCATIONEXT _ EXT

OR

Page 86: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 315

5. Press SPK to advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NONE

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 722 STATION KEY PROGRAMMINGMMC 723 SYSTEM KEY PROGRAMMING

Page 87: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 404 TRUNK NAME

DESCRIPTION:Allows an eleven (11) character name to be entered to identify an individual trunk.

Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key will select a character.Press the desired key to move the cursor to the next position. For example, if thedirectory name is “SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get the letter“S.” Now press the number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selectingcharacters from the table below to complete your message. Pressing the “A” keywill change the letter from upper case to lower case.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right or the DOWNkey to move the cursor left. A space can be entered by using these keys.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 88: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 404

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through options/move cursor left or rightKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryA Key 19; acts as toggle between upper case and lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 404Display shows

[701] TRUNK NAME

2. Dial trunk (e.g., 704)OR

[704] TRUNK NAME

Press UP or DOWN to select trunkPress RIGHT soft key to move the cursor

3. Enter trunk name using the procedure abovePress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

[704] TRUNK NAMESAMSUNG

Page 89: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 404

4. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NO NAMES ENTERED

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 104 STATION NAMEMMC 405 TRUNK NUMBER“A” KEY IS BUTTON 19

Page 90: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 405 TRUNK NUMBER

DESCRIPTION:

Allows an 11 digit number to be entered to identify an individual trunk.

Numbers are written using the keypad. Each press of a key will select a digit.Pressing the desired key will move the cursor to the next position. For example, ifthe directory number is “426-4100,” press the number “4” five times to get thenumber “4.” Now press the number “2” five times for number “2.” Continueselecting characters from the table below to complete your number.

NOTE: When the number you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious number, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right or the DOWN keyto move the cursor left.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 91: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 405

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through options/move cursor left or rightKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryA Key 19; acts as toggle between upper case and lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 405Display shows

[701] CO TEL NO.

2. Dial trunk (e.g., 704)OR

[704] CO TEL NO.

Press UP or DOWN to select trunkPress RIGHT soft key to move the cursor

3. Enter trunk number using the proceduredescribed above

[704] CO TEL NO.3054264100

Page 92: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 405

4. Press RIGHT soft key to return to step 2OR

Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NO NUMBERS ENTERED

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 404 TRUNK NAME

Page 93: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 602 STATION GROUP NAME

DESCRIPTION:Allows the system administrator or technician to enter a character name to identifyan individual station group. There are ten characters for Version 1 software and 11characters for Version 2 software.

Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key will select a character.Pressing the next key will move the cursor to the next position. For example, if thedirectory name is “SAMSUNG," press the number “7” three times to get the letter“S.” Now press the number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selectingcharacters from the table below to complete your message. Pressing the bottom leftprogrammable key will change the letter from upper case to lower case.

NOTE: When the character that you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right or the DOWNkey to move the cursor left.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 94: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 602

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entry

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 602Display shows

[501] SGR NAME

2. Dial group number (e.g., 505)OR

[505] SGR NAME

Press UP or DOWN key to make selectionPress LEFT or RIGHT soft key to move cursor

3. Enter name using above method and table [505] SGR NAMESAMSUNG

Page 95: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 602

4. Press LEFT or RIGHT soft key to return to step 2OR

Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NONE

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 104 STATION NAMEMMC 404 TRUNK NAMEMMC 600 ASSIGN OPERATOR GROUPMMC 601 ASSIGN STATION GROUP

Page 96: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 706 SYSTEM SPEED DIAL BY NAME

DESCRIPTION:Allows an eleven (11) character name to be entered for each system speed diallocation. This name enables the speed dial number to be located when using thedirectory dial feature. The directory dial feature allows the display keyset user toselect a speed dial location by scanning its name.

Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key selects a character.Pressing a different key moves the cursor to the next position. For example, if thedirectory name is “SAM SMITH,” press “7” three times to get the letter “S.” Press“2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selecting characters from the table below tocomplete your message. Pressing the “A” key will change the letter from uppercase to lower case.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 97: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 706

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entryTRSF Used to store and exit MMC

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 706Display shows

SYS SPEED NAME500:

2. Dial system speed entry number (e.g., 505)OR

SYS SPEED NAME505:

Press UP or DOWN to select entry numberand press RIGHT soft key to move cursor

Page 98: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 706

3. Enter name using dial keypad and abovetable and press RIGHT soft key to return to

SYS SPEED NAME505:SAMSUNG

step 2OR

Press the F key to toggle to speed dialnumber to return to MMC 705, step 5

SYS SPEED DIAL505:

4. Press RIGHT soft key to return to step 2OR

Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NO NAMES

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 705 ASSIGN SYSTEM SPEED DIAL

Page 99: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 714 DID NUMBER AND NAME TRANSLATION

DESCRIPTION:Assigns an incoming DID call to a specific day or night station or station group. Italso provides a call waiting option, if needed, so that a second incoming DID callcan be received. An eleven (11) character name can be added to the number. Thereare a maximum of 500 entries in the table.

Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key selects a character.Pressing the dial pad key moves the cursor to the next position. For example, if thedirectory name is “SAM SMITH,” press “7” three times to get the letter “S.” Press “2”once to get “A.” Continue selecting characters from the table below to completeyour message. Pressing the bottom left programmable key changes the letter fromupper case to lower case.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 100: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 714

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entry

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 714Display shows

DID DIGIT (001)DGT: CW:NO

2. Enter valid index number, e.g. 005,via dial keypad

DID DIGIT (005)DGT: CW:NO

ORPress UP or DOWN key to make selectionPress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

3. Enter digits to be translated (e.g. 5065)via dial keypad and press RIGHT

DID DIGIT (005)DGT:5065 CW:NO

soft key to move cursor

Page 101: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 714

4. Enter 1 for YES or 0 for NO CALL WAITINGpress RIGHT soft key to move cursor to next

DID DIGIT (005)DGT:5065 CW:YES

display

5. Enter station or group number for DAYdestination via dial keypad

DID DIGIT (005)RG→→→→D:205 N:NONE

ORPress UP or DOWN key to make selectionIf valid entry, system will advance cursor

6. Enter station or group number for NIGHTdestination via dial keypad

DID DIGIT (005)RG→→→→D:205 N:NONE

ORPress UP or DOWN key to make selectionIf valid entry, system will move cursor

7. Enter name using above table and pressRIGHT soft key to return to step 2

DID DIGIT (005)NAME:_

. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: NO ENTRIES

RELATED ITEMS: TRUNK PROGRAMMINGMMC 416 ASSIGN E&M TRANSLATION

Page 102: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 715 PROGRAMMED STATION MESSAGE

DESCRIPTION:

Allows the programming of a 16 character custom message. Messages are writtenvia the keypad. Each press of a key will select a character. Pressing a different keymoves the cursor to the next position. For example, if the message is “Sunbathing,”press the number “7” three times to get the letter “S.” Now press “8” twice to get theletter “U.” Continue selecting characters from the table below to complete yourmessage. Pressing the “A” key changes the letter from upper case to lower case.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the UP key to move the cursor to the right or the DOWNkey to move the cursor to the left.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 103: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 715

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entry“A” KEY Toggles from upper case to lower case

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 715Display shows

PGM .MESSAGE(01)IN A MEETING

2. Enter index number (e.g., 11)OR

PGM.MESSAGE (11)_

Press UP or DOWN arrow to make selectionand press RIGHT soft key to move cursor

Page 104: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 715

3. Enter message via the dial keypad using theabove table (maximum 16 characters)

PGM.MESSAGE(11)SunBathing

Use “A” key to toggle uppercase/lowercasePress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

4. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: TEN PROGRAMMED MESSAGES AS DETAILED BELOW01. IN A MEETING02. OUT ON A CALL03. OUT TO LUNCH04. LEAVE A MESSAGE05. PAGE ME06. OUT OF TOWN07. IN TOMORROW08. RETURN AFTERNOON09. ON VACATION10. GONE HOMEMESSAGES 11–20 ARE NOT USED

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 115 SET PROGRAMMED MESSAGE

Page 105: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 722 STATION KEY PROGRAMMING

DESCRIPTION:

Allows the customizing of programmable keys on specific electronic keysets, AOM,or 64 button module on the DCS 50si system. For keysets, buttons 1 and 2 are setas CALL buttons by default. For AOMs and 64 button DSS boxes all buttons are setas DS keys by default. Features are entered via dial pad keys by pressing the dialpad number the required number of steps to select the feature. For example, forOHVA, the number 6 is pressed three times. If the BOSS key is required, press 2 forthe first letter B and then use the UP or DOWN key to change the selection fromBARGE to BOSS.

DIAL KEYPAD

COUNT→→→→ 1 2 3DIAL 2 AAPLAY BARGE CALLDIAL 3 DICT DICT FAUTODIAL 4 GPIK HLDPK IGDIAL 5 LCR LCR LCRDIAL 6 MMPA NEW OHVADIAL 7 PAGE REJECT SGDIAL 8 TG UA

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entry

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 722Display shows

[201] KEY (KTS)01:CALL1 →→→→

2. Enter selected station number (e.g., 205)OR

[205] KEY (64B)01:CALL1 →→→→

Press UP or DOWN key to select stationPress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

Page 106: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 722

3. Enter selected key number (e.g., 18)OR

[201] KEY (KTS)18:NONE →→→→_

Press UP or DOWN key to select key numberPress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

4. Using the dial keypad chart, press dial padkey number to make a selection

[201] KEY (KTS)18:NONE →→→→GPIK_

ORPress UP or DOWN key to make a selectionPress RIGHT soft key to advance cursor tostep 5 to enter extender if required or to returnto step 2

5. If required, enter extender (e.g.,03)OR

[201] KEY (KTS)18:NONE →→→→GPIK03

Press UP or DOWN key to make a selectionPress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2

6. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: SEE BELOW

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 107 KEY EXTENDER

• DCS KEYSETS

Default 24 Button Keyset with or without Display

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:NONE 06:TG907:NONE 08:NONE 09:NONE 10:NONE 11:NONE 12:NONE13:NONE 14:NONE 15:NONE 16:NONE 17:NONE 18:NONE19:CONF 20:SPD 21:LNR 22:PAGE 23:CBK 24:MSG

Default 12 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:NONE 06:TG907:CONF 08:SPD 09:LNR 10:PAGE 11:CBK 12:MSG

Page 107: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 722

Default Add-On Module

01:DS 02:DS 03:DS 04:DS05:DS 06:DS 07:DS 08:DS09:DS 10:DS 11:DS 12:DS13:DS 14:DS 15:DS 16:DS17:DS 18:DS 19:DS 20:DS21:DS 22:DS 23:DS 24:DS25:DS 26:DS 27:DS 28:DS29:DS 30:DS 31:DS 32:DS

Default 64 Button DSS Box

01:DS 02:DS 03:DS 04:DS05:DS 06:DS 07:DS 08:DS09:DS 10:DS 11:DS 12:DS13:DS 14:DS 15:DS 16:DS17:DS 18:DS 19:DS 20:DS21:DS 22:DS 23:DS 24:DS25:DS 26:DS 27:DS 28:DS29:DS 30:DS 31:DS 32:DS33:DS 34:DS 35:DS 36:DS37:DS 38:DS 39:DS 40:DS41:DS 42:DS 43:DS 44:DS45:DS 46:DS 47:DS 48:DS49:DS 50:DS 51:DS 52:DS53:DS 54:DS 55:DS 56:DS57:DS 58:DS 59:DS 60:DS61:DS 62:DS 63:DS 64:DS

Default 7 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE04:NONE 05:NONE 06:NONE

07:MSG

Page 108: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 722

• FALCON KEYSETS

Default 28 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:MESSAGE06:NONE 07:NONE 08:NONE 09:NONE 10:NONE11:NONE 12:NONE 13:NONE 14:NONE 15:NONE16:NONE 17:NONE 18:NONE 19:NONE 20:NONE

21:NONE 25:NONE22:NONE 26:NONE23:MEMORY 27:REDIAL24:TRANSFER 28:SPEAKER

Default 18 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:MESSAGE06:NONE 07:NONE 08:NONE 09:NONE 10:NONE

21:NONE 25:NONE22:NONE 26:NONE23:MEMORY 27:REDIAL24:TRANSFER 28:SPEAKER

Default 8 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:MESSAGE 04:TRANSFER05:NONE 06:NONE 07:NONE 08:SPEAKER

Default 64 Button DSS Box

01:DS 02:DS 03:DS 04:DS05:DS 06:DS 07:DS 08:DS09:DS 10:DS 11:DS 12:DS13:DS 14:DS 15:DS 16:DS17:DS 18:DS 19:DS 20:DS21:DS 22:DS 23:DS 24:DS25:DS 26:DS 27:DS 28:DS29:DS 30:DS 31:DS 32:DS33:DS 34:DS 35:DS 36:DS37:DS 38:DS 39:DS 40:DS41:DS 42:DS 43:DS 44:DS45:DS 46:DS 47:DS 48:DS49:DS 50:DS 51:DS 52:DS53:DS 54:DS 55:DS 56:DS57:DS 58:DS 59:DS 60:DS61:DS 62:DS 63:DS 64:DS

Page 109: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 722

Programmable Key Assignments

AAPLAY: AUTO ATTND MESSAGE PLAY*AAREC: AUTO ATTND MSG RECORD*

ACCT: ACCOUNTALARM: ALARM RING ANSWERAN/RLS: ANSWER/RELEASEBARGE: BARGE-INBLOCK: OHVA BLOCK

BOSS: BOSS/SECRETARYCALL: CALL BUTTON

CAMP: STATION CAMP-ONCANMG: MESSAGE CANCEL

CBK: CALLBACKCID: CALLER ID*

CONF: CONFERENCECR: CALL RECORD KEYCS: CALL STATUS

CSNR: CALLER ID SAVE NUMBER REDIAL*DICT: DICTATION

DIR: DIRECTORYDLOCK: DOOR LOCK

DND: DO NOT DISTURBDP: DIRECT PICKUPDS: DSS KEYDT: DTS KEY

EXT MIC: EXTERNAL MICROPHONE**FAUTO: FORCED AUTO ANSWERFLASH: FLASHFWRD: CALL FORWARD

GPIK: GROUP PICKUPHDSET: HEADSET MODEHLDPK: HOLD PICKUPHOLD: HOLD

IG: IN/OUT OF GROUPINQIRE: INQUIRE (CID)*

ISPY: CID SPY*LCR: LEAST COST ROUTING

LISTN: GROUP LISTENINGLNR: LAST NUMBER REDIAL

MMPA: MEET ME PAGE ANSWERMMPG: MEET ME PAGE

MSG: MESSAGE

Page 110: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 722

Programmable Key Assignments

MUTE: MUTENEW: NEW CALL

NIGHT: NIGHT SERVICENND: NAME NUMBER DATE (CID)NXT: NEXT (CID)

OHVA: OFF-HOOK VOICE ANNOUNCEOPER: OPERATORPAGE: PAGE

PAGPK: PICKUP PAGE HOLDPMSG: PROGRAMMED STATION MESSAGE

REJECT: OHVA REJECTRETRY: AUTO REDIAL ON BUSYREVW: REVIEW (CID)*

SETMG: SET MESSAGE W/O RINGSG: STATION GROUP

SNR: SAVED NUMBER REDIALSP: UCD SUPERVISOR

SPD: SPEED DIALSPK: SPEAKER**

STORE: STORE DISPLAYED NUMBER (CID)*TG: TRUNK GROUP

TIMER: TIMERTRSF: TRANSFER**

UA: UNIVERSAL ANSWERVM: VOICE MAIL MEMO*

VMADM: VOICE MAIL ADMINISTRATION*VMAME: ANSWER MACHINE EMULATION*VMMSG: VOICE MAIL MESSAGE KEY*

VT: VOICE MAIL TRANSFER*

NOTE: Items marked with an asterisk require optional hardware and/or software. Itemsmarked with double asterisks (**) indicate FALCON keyset specific feature keys.

Page 111: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 723 SYSTEM KEY PROGRAMMING

DESCRIPTION:

This MMC is much like MMC 722 Station Key Programming. The main difference isthat this MMC is system-wide rather than on a per-station basis. Features areentered via dial pad keys by pressing the dial pad number the required number ofsteps to select the feature. For example, for OHVA, the number 6 is pressed threetimes. If the BOSS key is required, first press 2 for the first letter B and then use theUP or DOWN key to make the selection from BARGE to BOSS.

NOTE: Please remember that this program is system-wide.

DIAL KEYPAD

COUNT→→→→ 1 2 3DIAL 2 AAPLAY BARGE CALLDIAL 3 DICT DICT FAUTODIAL 4 GPIK HLDPK IGDIAL 5 LCR LCR LCRDIAL 6 MMPA NEW OHVADIAL 7 PAGE REJECT SGDIAL 8 TG UA

TYPE OF SET

DIAL 0 24BTNSDIAL 1 12BTNSDIAL 2 32BTNSDIAL 3 7BTNS

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entry

Page 112: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 723

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 723Display shows

SYS.KEY PROGRAMTYPE:24 BTN SETS

2. Enter the type of set via dial pad (e.g., 2)OR

SYS.KEY PROGRAMTYPE:24 BTN SETS

Press UP or DOWN key to make selection andpress RIGHT soft key to move cursor

3. Enter key number (e.g., 18)OR

SYS.KEY PROGRAM18:DS →→→→

Press UP or DOWN key to make selection andpress RIGHT soft key move cursor

4. Using the dial keypad chart, press the dialpad key number to make a selection

SYS.KEY PROGRAM18:DS →→→→GPIK

ORPress UP or DOWN key to make a selectionPress RIGHT soft key to advance cursor tostep 5 to enter extender if required

ORPress LEFT soft key to return to step 3

5. If required, enter extender (e.g.,03)OR

SYS.KEY PROGRAM18:DS →→→→GPIK03

Press UP or DOWN key to make a selectionPress RIGHT soft key to return to step 2Press LEFT soft key to return to step 3

6. Press TRSF to store and exitOR

Press SPK to store and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: SEE BELOW

RELATED ITEMS: NONE

Page 113: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 723

• DCS KEYSETS

Default 24 Button Keyset with or without Display

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:NONE 06:TG907:NONE 08:NONE 09:NONE 10:NONE 11:NONE 12:NONE13:NONE 14:NONE 15:NONE 16:NONE 17:NONE 18:NONE19:CONF 20:SPD 21:LNR 22:PAGE 23:CBK 24:MSG

Default 12 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:NONE 06:TG907:CONF 08:SPD 09:LNR 10:PAGE 11:CBK 12:MSG

Default Add-On Module

01:DS 02:DS 03:DS 04:DS05:DS 06:DS 07:DS 08:DS09:DS 10:DS 11:DS 12:DS13:DS 14:DS 15:DS 16:DS17:DS 18:DS 19:DS 20:DS21:DS 22:DS 23:DS 24:DS25:DS 26:DS 27:DS 28:DS29:DS 30:DS 31:DS 32:DS

Default 64 Button DSS Box

01:DS 02:DS 03:DS 04:DS05:DS 06:DS 07:DS 08:DS09:DS 10:DS 11:DS 12:DS13:DS 14:DS 15:DS 16:DS17:DS 18:DS 19:DS 20:DS21:DS 22:DS 23:DS 24:DS25:DS 26:DS 27:DS 28:DS29:DS 30:DS 31:DS 32:DS33:DS 34:DS 35:DS 36:DS37:DS 38:DS 39:DS 40:DS41:DS 42:DS 43:DS 44:DS45:DS 46:DS 47:DS 48:DS49:DS 50:DS 51:DS 52:DS53:DS 54:DS 55:DS 56:DS57:DS 58:DS 59:DS 60:DS61:DS 62:DS 63:DS 64:DS

Page 114: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 723

Default 7 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE04:NONE 05:NONE 06:NONE

07:MSG

• FALCON KEYSETS

Default 28 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:MESSAGE06:NONE 07:NONE 08:NONE 09:NONE 10:NONE11:NONE 12:NONE 13:NONE 14:NONE 15:NONE16:NONE 17:NONE 18:NONE 19:NONE 20:NONE

21:NONE 25:NONE22:NONE 26:NONE23:MEMORY 27:REDIAL24:TRANSFER 28:SPEAKER

Default 18 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:NONE 04:NONE 05:MESSAGE06:NONE 07:NONE 08:NONE 09:NONE 10:NONE

21:NONE 25:NONE22:NONE 26:NONE23:MEMORY 27:REDIAL24:TRANSFER 28:SPEAKER

Default 8 Button Keyset

01:CALL1 02:CALL2 03:MESSAGE 04:TRANSFER05:NONE 06:NONE 07:NONE 08:SPEAKER

Default 64 Button DSS Box

01:DS 02:DS 03:DS 04:DS05:DS 06:DS 07:DS 08:DS09:DS 10:DS 11:DS 12:DS13:DS 14:DS 15:DS 16:DS17:DS 18:DS 19:DS 20:DS21:DS 22:DS 23:DS 24:DS25:DS 26:DS 27:DS 28:DS29:DS 30:DS 31:DS 32:DS33:DS 34:DS 35:DS 36:DS

Page 115: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 723

37:DS 38:DS 39:DS 40:DS41:DS 42:DS 43:DS 44:DS45:DS 46:DS 47:DS 48:DS49:DS 50:DS 51:DS 52:DS53:DS 54:DS 55:DS 56:DS57:DS 58:DS 59:DS 60:DS61:DS 62:DS 63:DS 64:DS

Programmable Key Assignments

AAPLAY: AUTO ATTENDANT PLAY*AAREC: AUTO ATTENDANT RECORD*

ACCT: ACCOUNTALARM: ALARM RING ANSWERAN/RLS: ANSWER/RELEASEBARGE: BARGE-INBLOCK: OHVA BLOCK

BOSS: BOSS/SECRETARYCALL: CALL BUTTON

CAMP: STATION CAMP-ONCANMG: MESSAGE CANCEL

CBK: CALLBACKCID: CALLER ID*

CONF: CONFERENCECR: CALL RECORD KEYCS: CALL STATUS

CSNR: CALLER ID SAVE NUMBER REDIAL*DICT: DICTATION

DIR: DIRECTORYDLOCK: DOOR LOCK

DND: DO NOT DISTURBDP: DIRECT PICKUPDS: DSS KEYDT: DTS KEY

EXT MIC: EXTERNAL MICROPHONE**FAUTO: FORCED AUTO ANSWERFLASH: FLASHFWRD: CALL FORWARD

GPIK: GROUP PICKUPHDSET: HEADSET MODEHLDPK: HOLD PICKUPHOLD: HOLD

IG: IN/OUT OF GROUP

Page 116: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 723

Programmable Key Assignments

INQUIRE: INQUIRE (CID)*ISPY: CID SPY*LCR: LEAST COST ROUTING

LISTN: GROUP LISTENINGLNR: LAST NUMBER REDIAL

MMPA: MEET ME PAGE ANSWERMMPG: MEET ME PAGE

MSG: MESSAGEMUTE: MUTENEW: NEW CALL

NIGHT: NIGHT SERVICENND: NAME NUMBER DATE (CID)*NXT: NEXT (CID)*

OHVA: OFF-HOOK VOICE ANNOUNCEOPER: OPERATORPAGE: PAGE

PAGPK: PICKUP PAGE HOLDPMSG: PROGRAMMED STATION MESSAGE

REJECT: OHVA REJECTRETRY: AUTO REDIAL ON BUSYREVW: REVIEW (CID)*

SG: STATION GROUPSETMG: SET MESSAGE W/O RING

SNR: SAVED NUMBER REDIALSP: UCD SUPERVISOR

SPD: SPEED DIALSPK: SPEAKER**

STORE: STORE DISPLAYED NUMBER (CID)*TG: TRUNK GROUP

TIMER: TIMERUA: UNIVERSAL ANSWER

TRSF: TRANSFER**VM: VOICE MAIL MEMO*

VMADM: VOICE MAIL ADMINISTRATION*VMAME: ANSWER MACHINE EMULATION*VMMSG: VOICE MAIL MESSAGE KEY*

VT: VOICE MAIL TRANSFER*

NOTE: Items marked with an asterisk require optional hardware and/or software. Itemsmarked with double asterisks (**) indicate FALCON keysets specific feature keys.

Page 117: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 725 SMDR OPTIONS

DESCRIPTION:

NOTE: This MMC requires optional hardware and/or software.

Allows the system administrator to select the information to be printed on the SMDRreport. The following options may be selected to print on SMDR.

00. PAGE HEADER This option determines whether a page header will printat the top of each page. This would normally be turnedoff if SMDR is being sent to a call accounting machine.

01. LINE PER PAGE This option selects the length of each page to determinewhen to print the SMDR header. The number of linesmay be in the range 01 to 99.

02. INCOMING CALL This option determines whether incoming calls will printon SMDR.

03. OUTGOING CALL This option determines whether outgoing calls will printon SMDR.

04. AUTHORIZE CODE This option determines whether authorization codes willprint on SMDR.

05. LESS START TIME This option determines whether valid calls will includethe minimum call time in total call duration.

06. IN/OUT GROUP This option allows a message, IN GROUP or OUTGROUP, to be printed in the digits dialed column eachtime a station enters or leaves a group.

07. DND CALL This option allows a message, IN DND or OUT DND, tobe printed in the digits dialed column each time a stationenters or leaves DND.

08. WAKE-UP CALL This option determines whether stations receiving analarm reminder call will print on SMDR.

09. DIRECTORY NAME This option allows the system administrator to enter a 16character name which will appear on the SMDR header.

Page 118: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 725

10. CALLER ID This option can be selected to print Caller ID datareceived from the Central Office on incoming calls. Thisoption requires the use of a 132 column (wide carriage)printer or an 80 column printer set for condensed print.

11. ABANDON CALL If this option is set to YES, unanswered calls for whichCID information was received will print on SMDR.

The DIRECTORY NAME that appears on the SMDR header is programmed asfollows. Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key selects acharacter. Pressing the next key moves the cursor to the next position. For example,if the directory name is “SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get theletter “S.” Now press the number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selectingcharacters from the table below to complete your message.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the VOL UP key to move the cursor to the right.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 119: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 725

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMC

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 725Display shows

PAGE HEADERPRINT : YES

2. Dial the option number (e.g., 01)OR

LINE PER PAGE66 LINE / PAGE

Use the UP and DOWN keys to scrollthrough the options and press the right orleft soft key to select option

Page 120: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 725

3. Enter the number of lines per page in therange 01–99 (e.g., 50)

50 LINE / PAGELINE PER PAGE

OR ORUse UP and DOWN to change number oflines and press the right or left soft key

LINE PER PAGE50 LINE / PAGE

to save the data and return to step 2 THENLINE PER PAGE50 LINE / PAGE

4. If option 00 is selected at step 2 PAGE HEADERPRINT : YES

5. If option 02 is selected at step 2 INCOMING CALLPRINT : YES

6. If option 03 is selected at step 2 OUTGOING CALLPRINT : YES

7. If option 04 is selected at step 2 AUTHORIZE CODEPRINT : NO

8. If option 05 is selected at step 2 LESS START TIMEPRINT : YES

9. If option 06 is selected at step 2 IN/OUT GROUPPRINT : YES

10. If option 07 is selected at step 2 DND CALLPRINT : YES

11. If option 08 is selected at step 2 WAKE-UP CALLPRINT : YES

12. If option 09 is selected at step 2 DIRECTORY NAME_

12a. Enter the 16 character name as describedabove

DIRECTORY NAMESAMSUNG DCS

12b. Press right or left soft key to save name andreturn to step 2

DIRECTORY NAMESAMSUNG DCS

13. If option 10 is selected at step 2 CALLER ID DATAPRINT : YES

Page 121: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 725

14. If option 11 is selected at step 2

15. After all desired options have been selected,press TRSF to exit

ORPress SPK to exit and advance to next MMC

DEFAULT DATA: PAGE HEADER YESLINE PER PAGE 66INCOMING CALL NOOUTGOING CALL YESAUTHORIZE CODE NOLESS START TIME YESIN/OUT GROUP NODND CALL NOWAKE-UP CALL YESDIRECTORY NAME NO DEFAULT DEFINEDCALLER ID DATA NOABANDON CALL NO

RELATED ITEMS: MMC 300 CUSTOMER ON/OFF PER STATIONSMDR FORMAT FOR CALLER ID (SEE BELOW)

Page 122: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 725

Page 123: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 728 CALLER ID TRANSLATION TABLE

DESCRIPTION:

NOTE: This MMC requires optional hardware and/or software.

Allows the system administrator or technician to associate a CID number receivedfrom the central office with a name programmed in this translation table. If there isno match between a received number and a name in this table, “no CID name” willbe displayed.

The translation table consists of 350 entries with each entry comprised of a ten digittelephone number and a 16 digit name.

Names are written using the keypad. Each press of a key will select a character.Pressing the next key will move the cursor to the next position. For example, if thedirectory name is “SAM SMITH,” press the number “7” three times to get the letter“S.” Now press the number “2” once to get the letter “A.” Continue selectingcharacters from the table below to complete your message.

NOTE: When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as theprevious character, press the VOL UP key to move the cursor to the right.

• DCS KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5DIAL 0 Q Z . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P R S & 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y ( 9DIAL ✱✱✱✱ : = [ ] ✱

The # key can be used for the following special characters: #, space, &, !, :, ?, ., %,$, -, <, >, /, =, [, ], @, ^, (, ), _, +, {, }, |, ;, \, " and ~.

Page 124: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 728

• FALCON KEYSETS

COUNT 1 2 3 4 5

DIAL 0 < > . ) 0DIAL 1 space ? , ! 1DIAL 2 A B C @ 2DIAL 3 D E F # 3DIAL 4 G H I $ 4DIAL 5 J K L % 5DIAL 6 M N O ^ 6DIAL 7 P Q R S 7DIAL 8 T U V ✱ 8DIAL 9 W X Y Z 9DIAL ✱ : = [ ] ✱

1. When the character you want appears on the same dial pad key as the previouscharacter, press UP to move the cursor one space to the right.

2. Other symbols are available for DIAL #.

PROGRAM KEYS

UP & DOWN Used to scroll through optionsKEYPAD Used to enter selectionsSOFT KEYS Move cursor left and rightSPK Used to store data and advance to next MMCHOLD Used to clear previous entry

ACTION DISPLAY

1. Press TRSF 728Display shows first entry

CID XLATION(001)DIGIT:

2. Dial entry number (e.g., 005)OR

CID XLATION(005)DIGIT:

Use UP and DOWN to scroll through entriesPress RIGHT soft key to select entry

Page 125: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

DCS 50si PROGRAMMINGTECHNICAL MANUAL PART 2 JUNE 2001

MMC: 728

3. Enter telephone number and press RIGHTsoft key to advance to name entry

CID XLATION(005)DIGIT:3054264100

OREnter telephone number and pressLEFT soft key to return to step 2

4. Enter associated name as describedabove and press RIGHT or LEFT soft key

CID XLATION : 005SAMSUNG TELECOM

to return to step 2OR

Press SPK to save and advance to nextMMC

ORPress TRSF to save and exit programming

DEFAULT DATA: NONE

RELATED ITEMS: NONE

Page 126: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 12/98 SHEET ______ OF ______

MMC 106 STATION SPEED DIAL NAME

STATION# NAME

BIN 00

Page 127: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

MMC 107 KEY EXTENDER

LCD 24B OR STD 24B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:

LCD 24B OR STD 24B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:

LCD 24B OR STD 24B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:

Page 128: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

Page 129: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

Page 130: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

32 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

32 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

Page 131: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

DCS AND FALCON 64 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

33: 34: 35: 36:

37: 38: 39: 40:

41: 42: 43: 44:

45: 46: 47: 48:

49: 50: 51: 52:

53: 54: 55: 56:

57: 58: 59: 60:

61: 62: 63: 64:

Page 132: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

DCS AND FALCON 64 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

33: 34: 35: 36:

37: 38: 39: 40:

41: 42: 43: 44:

45: 46: 47: 48:

49: 50: 51: 52:

53: 54: 55: 56:

57: 58: 59: 60:

61: 62: 63: 64:

Page 133: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

FALCON 28 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

11: 12: 13: 14: 15:

16: 17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

FALCON 28 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

11: 12: 13: 14: 15:

16: 17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

Page 134: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

FALCON 18 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

FALCON 18 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

Page 135: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

Page 136: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 12/98 SHEET ______ OF ______

MMC 119 CALLER ID DISPLAY

STATION NUMBER NUMBER NAME NO CALLER ID

Default is number only.

Page 137: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 12/98 SHEET ______ OF ______

MMC 201 CHANGE CUSTOMER PASSCODE

PASSCODE

MMC 202 CHANGE FEATURE PASSCODES

DAY/NIGHT

DISA ALARM

ALARM CLEAR

AA RECORD

MMC 203 ASSIGN UA DEVICE

UA DEVICE DEVICE LOCATION

RING PAGE

STATION

COM BELL

STATION GROUP

MMC 204 COMMON BELL CONTROL

COMMON BELL DEVICE NUMBER

INTERRUPTED

CONTINUOUS

Page 138: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 12/98 SHEET ______ OF ______

MMC 206 BARGE-IN TYPE

EXT BARGE EXT BARGE EXT BARGE

Barge in options are: NO BARGE IN = 0WITH TONE = 1WITHOUT TONE = 2

MMC 207 ASSIGN VM/AA PORT

EXT VM/AA EXT VM/AA EXT VM/AA

Page 139: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

MMC 722 and 723 KEY PROGRAMMING

LCD 24B OR STD 24B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:

LCD 24B OR STD 24B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:

LCD 24B OR STD 24B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:

Page 140: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

LCD 12B OR BASIC 12B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07: 08: 09: 10: 11: 12:

Page 141: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

7B KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06:

07:

Page 142: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

32 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

32 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

Page 143: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

DCS AND FALCON 64 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

29: 30: 31: 32:

33: 34: 35: 36:

37: 38: 39: 40:

41: 42: 43: 44:

45: 46: 47: 48:

49: 50: 51: 52:

53: 54: 55: 56:

57: 58: 59: 60:

61: 62: 63: 64:

Page 144: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

DCS AND FALCON 64 BUTTON ADD-ON MODULE

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

09: 10: 11: 12:

13: 14: 15: 16:

17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 22: 23: 21:

25: 26: 27: 28:

29: 30: 31: 32:

29: 30: 31: 32:

33: 34: 35: 36:

37: 38: 39: 40:

41: 42: 43: 44:

45: 46: 47: 48:

49: 50: 51: 52:

53: 54: 55: 56:

57: 58: 59: 60:

61: 62: 63: 64:

Page 145: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

FALCON 28 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

11: 12: 13: 14: 15:

16: 17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

FALCON 28 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

11: 12: 13: 14: 15:

16: 17: 18: 19: 20:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

Page 146: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

FALCON 18 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

FALCON 18 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04: 05:

06: 07: 08: 09: 10:

21: 25:

22: 26:

23: 27:

24: 28:

Page 147: DCS 50si Technical Manual Update - Voice Communications ... 50si/DCS 50si Tech Manual... · This DCS 50si Technical Manual Update includes information on the new FALCON ... TECHNICAL

COPY AS NEEDED 06/01 SHEET ______ OF ______

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:

FALCON 8 BUTTON KEYSET

EXT NO.

01: 02: 03: 04:

05: 06: 07: 08:


Recommended